Desenho Amarradeira

®
®
OVALMATIC
E9700 TYING MACHINE
OPERATING
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Lagoas VCP, Brazil
COVERED BY THE FOLLOWING PATENTS:
United States of America 6584891 Austria EPC 1274626

United States of America 6968779 China 01806510.4
United States of America D510585 European EP 1274626
United States of America D503942 Finland 1274626
United States of America D502188 Hong Kong 1051670
United States of America D504447 Portugal EPC 1274626
United States of America D501858 South Africa 2002/6815
United States of America D502189 Sweden 1274626
United States of America D502193 Taiwan NI-160845
United States of America D503416 United Kingdom 1274626
United States of America D502190
These materials, including but not limited to the text, images, layout and other content, are protected by
trade dress, copyright, trademark and other laws relating to intellectual property rights. No portion or
element of these materials may be copied or otherwise reproduced via any means, and these materials
and all related rights therein shall remain the exclusive property of Oval International® unless otherwise
expressly agreed in writing
© COPYRIGHT 2005 OVAL INTERNATIONAL INC. –

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED i 1B512-0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................1
1.2 SAFETY WARNINGS......................................................................1
1.3 PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS ..............................................1
1.4 MECHANICAL SAFETY.................................................................4
1.5 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ...................................................................4
1.6 PNEUMATIC SAFETY ....................................................................4
1.7 NOISE LEVEL ..................................................................................5
1.7.1 Measuring Conditions............................................................5
2 INTRODUCTION
2.1 THE E9700 TYING MACHINE .......................................................7
2.2 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL .......................................................7
3 OPERATOR INTERFACE
3.1 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS ..................................................9
3.2 TYING MACHINE E-STOP BUTTONS (ES1B, ES2B)................9
3.3 MACHINE STATUS LIGHT ..........................................................9
3.4 HMI (TOUCHSCREEN) .................................................................10
3.4.1 Interface Areas .....................................................................10
3.5 INTERFACE NAVIGATION..........................................................11
3.5.1 Header Button Functions......................................................11
3.5.2 Multiple Screens...................................................................11
3.5.3 Detail Screens.......................................................................11
3.5.4 Closing Pop-up Windows.....................................................12
3.6 INTERFACE STRUCTURE............................................................12
3.6.1 Tying Machine Main Screen ................................................13
3.6.1.1 Auto Button ..............................................................13
3.6.1.2 Stop Button...............................................................13
3.6.2 Machine Popup ......................................................................13
3.6.2.1 Feed & Tension ........................................................14
3.6.2.1.1 Refeed ......................................................14
3.6.2.2 Tie Wire....................................................................14
3.6.2.3 Twister Head ............................................................15
3.6.2.3.1 Twister Cycle ...........................................15
3.6.2.4 Clear Wire ................................................................15
3.6.2.5 Machine State Indicator............................................15
3.6.3 Machine Detail.......................................................................16
3.6.3.1 Service Screen 1 .......................................................16
3.6.3.1.1 Accumulator Wheel .................................17
3.6.3.1.2 Feed & Tension Wheel ............................17
3.6.3.1.3 Twister Head............................................17
3.6.3.1.4 Motor Positions........................................18
3.6.3.2 Service Screens 2 & 3 ..............................................18
3.6.3.3 Service Screen 4 & 5 ................................................19
®
© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL –
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ii 1B656-0
3.6.3.4 Service Screen 6 .......................................................20
3.6.3.5 System Screen 1 .......................................................20
3.6.3.6 System Screen 2 .......................................................21
3.6.3.7 Login (Advanced Settings).......................................22
3.6.3.8 Config Screens .........................................................23
3.6.4 Conveyor Popup.....................................................................24
3.6.4.1 Forward & Reverse ..................................................24
3.6.5 Conveyor Detail .....................................................................24
3.7 EVENT MESSAGES.........................................................................25
3.8 ALARM MESSAGES .......................................................................27
4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................30
4.2 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER....................................................30
4.3 THREADING THE TYING MACHINE ..........................................31
4.4 MACHINE RESET............................................................................32
4.5 FEEDING ..........................................................................................33
4.6 AUTOMATIC OPERATION............................................................33
4.7 TWIST KNOT ...................................................................................34
4.8 CONVEYOR OPERATION..............................................................34
4.9 MANUAL TYING CYCLE ..............................................................35
4.10 CLEARING THE TYING MACHINE .............................................35
4.11 TENSIONING ERROR .....................................................................36
5 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
5.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................41
5.2 WIRE APPLICATION ......................................................................41
5.3 AUTOMATIC OPERATION............................................................43
6 ADJUSTMENTS
6.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS...........................................47
6.1.1 Safety Warnings.....................................................................47
6.1.2 Personal Safety Provisions.....................................................47
6.2 TYING MACHINE ADJUSTMENTS ..............................................48
6.2.1 Removing the Tying Machine from the Conveyors ..............48
6.2.2 Feed Stop Switch (FSS) .........................................................50
6.2.3 Twister Not Home Switch (TWNHS)....................................51
6.2.4 Twister Closed Switch (TCS) ................................................51
6.2.5 Accumulator Home Switch (ACHS) .....................................52
6.2.6 Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) ..........................................53
6.2.7 Nip Wheel Pulse Switches (NWP1S, NWP2S) .....................53
6.2.8 Feed and Tension Nip Wheel Force.......................................54
6.2.9 Motor Locations.....................................................................55
6.2.10 Wire Lubricator Adjustment ..................................................55
6.2.11 Twister Pinion Timing ...........................................................56
6.2.12 Air Pressure Sufficient Switch (APSS)..................................57
6.2.13 Automatic Twister Pinion Oil Pump......................................58
6.2.14 Twister Pinion Oil Pump Delivery Adjustments ...................58
®
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED iii 1B656-0
6.3 CONVEYOR ADJUSTMENTS........................................................59
6.3.1 Bale Entry Sensor (BES) .......................................................59
6.3.2 Tensioning and Aligning Entry and Exit Conveyors.............60
6.3.3 Conveyor Closed Switches
(ECCS1, XCCS) ....................................................................61
6.3.4 Installing the Tying Machine into the Conveyors..................61
6.3.5 Motor Locations.....................................................................62
6.4 WIRE STRAIGHTENER ADJUSTMENT.......................................62
7 MAINTENANCE
7.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS...........................................78
7.1.1 Safety Warnings.....................................................................78
7.1.2 Personal Safety Provisions.....................................................78
7.2 “LOCK-OUT, TAG-OUT” PROCEDURE .......................................78
7.4 LUBRICANTS FOR THE TYING MACHINE................................80
7.4.1 Lubricants for the Wire Oiler....................................................80
7.4.2 Lubricants for the Automatic Twister Oil Pump ......................80
7.4.3 Lubricants for Gearmotors........................................................80
7.5 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED FOR EACH 8 HOUR SHIFT.........81
7.6 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED WEEKLY .......................................82
7.7 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED MONTHLY ....................................83
7.8 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED YEARLY........................................83
7.9 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED PERIODICALLY...........................84
8 TROUBLE SHOOTING
8.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................85
8.2 FAILS TO GRIP WIRE.....................................................................86
8.3 FAILS TO TENSION WIRE.............................................................86
8.4 FAILS TO TWIST OR DOES NOT COMPLETE TWIST ..............86
8.5 FAILS TO CUT WIRE......................................................................87
8.6 FAILS TO FEED WIRE....................................................................87
8.7 WIRE BUCKLES OUT OF THE TRACK .......................................88
8.8 FAILS TO COMPLETE FEED .........................................................88
8.9 BALE DOES NOT STOP..................................................................88
8.10 WIRE BREAKS IN THE KNOT ......................................................89
8.11 WIRE IMPROPERLY LOCATED ...................................................89
9 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
9.1 WIRE TENSILE TESTING MACHINE...........................................90
10 TYING MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS............................91
11 SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION

11.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................93
11.2 SAFETY WARNINGS......................................................................93
11.3 PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS ..............................................93
®
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED iv 1B656-0
11.4 MECHANICAL SAFETY.................................................................94
11.5 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ...................................................................95
11.7 GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION ........................................96
11.8 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION...............................................................96
11.9 INSTALLING THE TYING MACHINE..........................................97
11.10 INSTALLING THE TYING MACHINE POWER AND
INTERLOCKS...................................................................................97
11.11 INSTALLING THE COIL CARRIER ..............................................98
12 SAFETY DURING DE-INSTALLATION

12.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................99
12.2 GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION ........................................99
12.3 CLEARING THE TYING MACHINE .............................................99
12.4 REMOVING THE E9700 TYING MACHINE.................................100
12.5 REMOVING THE CONVEYORS....................................................100
12.6 CONVEYOR SAFETY WARNINGS...............................................100
12.7 REMOVING THE COIL CARRIER.................................................101
12.8 DE-INSTALLING THE STANCHION AND ELECTRICAL
CIRCUIT............................................................................................101
13 RECOMMENDED TYING MACHINE WIRE

SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................................102
13.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................102
14 ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND PARTS LISTS ...........104

14.1 TWISTER LOWER END
14.2 TWISTER UPPER END
14.3 FEED AND TENSION
14.4 TRACK
14.5 ARCH
14.6 FRAME
14.7 WIRE GUIDE
14.8 PNEUMATIC
14.9 WIRING
14.10 OPERATOR INTERFACE
14.11 CONTROL PANEL
14.12 AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION
14.13 TYING MACHINE DECAL
14.14 CASTER SPACER
14.15 CONVEYOR
14.16 CONVEYOR WIRING
14.17 CONVEYOR DECAL
14.18 COIL CARRIER
14.19 COIL CARRIER DECAL
14.20 MAINTENANCE STATION
14.21 OVERHEAD PAYOFF
®
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED v 1B656-0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1.3 DANGER AND OPERATION ZONES
FIGURE 2.1 E9700 TYING MACHINE AND CONVEYOR
FIGURE 4.1 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER

FIGURE 4.2 THREADING OVERHEAD PAYOFF ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 4.3 THREADING THE TYING MACHINE
FIGURE 4.11 CLEARING THE TYING MACHINE
FIGURE 5.1A TYING MACHINE SWITCH LOCATIONS

FIGURE 5.1B CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS
FIGURE 6.2.1 REMOVING THE TYING MACHINE FROM THE

CONVEYORS
FIGURE 6.2.2 FSS ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.2.3 TCS AND TWNHS ADJUSTMENTS
FIGURE 6.2.8 FEED AND TENSION NIP WHEEL FORCE ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.2.9 TYING MACHINE MOTOR LOCATIONS
FIGURE 6.2.10 WIRE LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.2.11A TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
FIGURE 6.2.11B TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
FIGURE 6.2.11C TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
FIGURE 6.2.12 AIR PRESSURE SUFFICIENT SWITCH
FIGURE 6.3.2 CONVEYOR CHAIN ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.3.4 INSTALLING THE TYING MACHINE INTO THE
CONVEYORS
FIGURE 6.3.6 CONVEYORS MOTORS
FIGURE 6.4 WIRE STRAIGHTENER
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
BUTTONS
ES1B EMERGENCY STOP 1ST BUTTON

ES2B EMERGENCY STOP 2ND BUTTON
SWITCHES
ESRRB EMERGENCY STOP RELAY RESET BUTTON

FTADS1 FEED TENSION ACCUMULATOR DOOR SWITCH #1
FTADS2 FEED TENSION ACCUMULATOR DOOR SWITCH #2
ESIC EMERGENCY STOP INTERLOCK CABLE
®
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED vi 1B656-0
IOJBC IO JUNCTION BOX CABLE
PCIC PROFIBUS COMMUNICATION INTERCONNECT CABLE
MPC MACHINE POWER CABLE
TWNHS TWISTER NOT HOME SWITCH
TWCS TWISTER CLOSED SWITCH
FSS FEED STOP SWITCH
WFTS WIRE FEED TUBE SWITCH
ACHS ACCUMULATOR HOME SWITCH
WES WIRE ENTRY SWITCH
NWP1S NIP WHEEL PULSE #1 SWITCH
NWP2S NIP WHEEL PULSE #2 SWITCH
PMC PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD CABLE
WEDS WIRE EJECT DOOR SWITCH
ECCS1 ENTRY CONVEYOR CLOSED SWITCH
XCCS1 ENTRY CONVEYOR CLOSED SWITCH
RELAYS
PMR PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD RELAY

ALPR AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION PUMP RELAY
WESR WIRE EJECT SOLENOID RELAY
SMAR SERVICE MODE ACTIVE RELAY
LIGHTS
MSL MACHINE STATUS LIGHT
VALVES
AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VALVE

PCOV PANEL COOLER ON VALVE
AWLV AUTOMATIC WIRE LUBRICATION VALVE
TOPV TWISTER OIL PUMP VALVE
MOTORS
FTM FEED AND TENSION MOTOR

AM ACCUMULATOR MOTOR
TM TWISTER HEAD MOTOR
ACFM ACCUMULATOR COOLING FAN MOTOR
FCFM FEED TENSION COOLING FAN MOTOR
EF1M ENCLOSURE FAN #1 MOTOR
EF2M ENCLOSURE FAN #2 MOTOR
ECM ENTRY CONVEYOR MOTOR
XCM EXIT CONVEYOR MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
WESD WIRE EJECT SOLENOID

®
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED vii 1B656-0
1.0 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
1.1. INTRODUCTION.
The E9700 Tying Machine has been designed to provide safe, efficient and trouble-free
service for many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully
considered to ensure operator safety, easy operation, and machine longevity. Our
engineering and manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure consistently high quality.
As with any powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of damage or injury if
appropriate precautions are not taken. You must carefully read and fully understand the
safety section and safety precautions in other sections of this manual before installation,
operation, maintenance, or de-installation of the E9700 Tying Machine. The safety section
details inherent risks and general safety considerations associated with the operation and
maintenance of this machine. Failure to follow the precautions could result in personal injury
or equipment damage. All operating and maintenance personnel must be trained by Oval
International® in the proper handling, operation, and maintenance of this machine.
1.2. SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols found in this manual and on the E9700 Tying Machine indicate situations
requiring extra attention during installation, operation and maintenance of the Tying
Machine. Observe the associated precautions carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous
situation. The different safety symbols are:
Prohibited: Black image on White circle with Red slash.
Mandatory: White Image on Blue Background.
Warning: Yellow triangle with Black border and image.
1.3. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
Pictograms are placed in close proximity of the machine to remind personnel of these
hazards. The hazard pictograms are:
General Danger Symbol
Automatic Start
Crush Hazard
Crush Hazard, from sides
© COPYRIGHT 2005 OVAL INTERNATIONAL INC. –

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 1 1B512-0
Crush Hazard, from above
Electric Shock Hazard
Entanglement Hazard
Fall Hazard
Hot Surface – Burn Hazard
Push/Pull Hazard
Puncture Hazard Due To High Pressure Fluid.
Slip Hazard
Tip Hazard
Trip Hazard
Stay Clear
Do Not Remove Guard
Foot Protection Required!
Hand Protection Required!
Use Appropriate Hearing Protection!
Use Eye Protection!
Be Familiar with the Operator’s Manual and Observe Its Safety Precautions.
Lock Out The Machine In The De-energized State.
Fork truck point
Lift point
THE E9700 TYING MACHINE IS

DESIGNED TO TIE BALES OF PULP WITH STEEL WIRES. ALL OPERATORS
AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL WORKING ON OR AROUND THE UNITYER
MUST BE QUALIFIED FOR THEIR POSITION.
®
THE OPERATION OF THE E9700 TYING MACHINE IS FULLY
AUTOMATED. THE TYING MACHINE CAN START OR CYCLE WITHOUT
WARNING! ANY INATTENTION WHILE CLOSE TO THE TYING MACHINE
COULD RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
THE E9700 TYING MACHINE IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF AN

AUTOMATED BALING SYSTEM. AS SUCH, IT INTERACTS WITH OTHER
MACHINES IN THE SYSTEM IN A CONTROLLED FASHION. CARE MUST BE
TAKEN, WHEN ADJUSTING ANY SWITCH OR SENSOR, TO PREVENT AN
UNEXPECTED OR UNCONTROLLED START.
THE TYING MACHINE’S OPERATION IS FULLY

AUTOMATED. ANY INATTENTION WHILE CLOSE TO THE TYING MACHINE
COULD RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE. THE
TYING MACHINE MAY START OR CYCLE WITHOUT WARNING!
PRECAUTIONS MUST ALSO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT BALES FROM

BEING AUTOMATICALLY CONVEYED INTO THE TYING MACHINE WHEN IT
IS NOT IN SERVICE. SHUTTING DOWN THE TYING MACHINE DOES NOT
NECESSARILY PREVENT OTHER BALE FINISHING LINE EQUIPMENT FROM
OPERATING.
FOR ALL MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES NOT REQUIRING THE

TYING MACHINE TO BE IN OPERATION A "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT"
PROCEDURE APPLIES (SEE THE "MAINTENANCE" SECTION OF THIS
MANUAL). ALL OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL WORKING
ON OR AROUND THE TYING MACHINE DURING INSTALLATION MUST BE
QUALIFIED FOR THEIR POSITION.
CAREFULLY READ AND THOROUGHLY UNDERSTAND THE

FOLLOWING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SETTING UP, OPERATING, OR
DE-INSTALLING THE E9700 TYING MACHINE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
PRECAUTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
FIGURE 1.3 SHOWS DANGER ZONES AND OPERATION ZONES. DANGER

ZONES MUST NOT BE ENTERED WHEN THE MACHINE IS IN OPERATION.
OPERATION ZONES ARE THOSE AREAS AN OPERATOR MAY BE EXPECTED
TO ENTER WHILE OPERATING THE MACHINE. ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED
PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE OR MAINTAIN THE MACHINE.
®
1.4. MECHANICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on this machine.
1. Never work on the Tying Machine when it is energized.
2. Remain clear of the bundle opening when the machine is in

the automatic mode.
3. The use of suitable eye protection is required when working near this
machine.
4. Remain clear of the wire and wire coil when the Tying Machine
is running.
See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

"MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
1.5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on

this machine.
1. Ensure correct voltage and phase is supplied.

2. Verify grounded equipment supplies.
3. Do not operate the Tying Machine in a wet environment
4. Do not remove plug-in cables with the power supply under load.

1.6. PNEUMATIC SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on

this machine.
1. Do not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the Tying Machine.

2. Do not stand, sit or lie on the Tying Machine.
3. Inspect all connections, hoses, and fittings on a regular basis (see
"MAINTENANCE" section).
4. Periodically check Tying Machine operation.
®
5. Ensure that all components are correctly assembled before applying compressed air
or starting the Tying Machine.

1.7. NOISE LEVEL.
WEAR EAR PROTECTION WHILE OPERATING THE MACHINE.
The sounds pressure level of the E9700 Tying Machine is 85dB(A) during machine
operation.
1.7.1 MEASURING CONDITIONS
The sound pressure level was measured at the factory using a hand held Sound Level
Meter, Simpson Electric Company Model 885. Sound levels were measured around
the perimeter of the Tying Machine at a distance of 1.0 meter from the outside surface
of the machine components, and at a height of 1.60 meters from the floor. The Sound
Level Meter was set to the dB(A) Weighting Scale, the Range Switch was set to the
80 dB - 90 dB range, and the Slow Button was actuated.
®
DANGER ZONE
NO PASS
(DO NOT WALK
THROUGH HERE)
OPERATION ZONE
DANGER ZONE
FIGURE 1.3
DANGER AND OPERATION ZONES
®
2.0 INTRODUCTION
2.1. THE E9700 TYING MACHINE (See Figure 2.1)
The E9700 Tying Machine has been designed

to secure individual pulp bales with a steel wire. The wire is automatically wrapped around
the bale, securely knotted, and separated from the wire supply. Use of the E9700 Tying
Machine for any purpose other than as described in this publication is not authorized unless
specifically approved by Oval International®. Furthermore, deviations from machine settings
require written approval from Oval International® prior to implementation. The Tying
Machine must be shut down and the “lock out, tag out” procedure must be followed during
any maintenance procedure not requiring the Tying Machine to be in operation. See the
"MAINTENANCE" section of this manual.
2.2. PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL.
The purpose of this manual is to:
1. Explain the operating principles

2. Outline the maintenance and operating procedures
3. Detail recommended adjustments of the E9700 Tying Machine.
Figures are included in the text illustrating the general arrangement and identification of
major components. A more detailed breakdown of the E9700 Tying Machine will be found
in drawings of each assembly, including a complete parts list, in the final section of this
manual.
®
E-STOP
OPERATOR LIGHT
INTERFACE STACK
TOUCHSCREEN
(HMI) E9700 TYING MACHINE
FEED AND
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

POWER TWISTER
TENSION
DISCONNECT HEAD
TRACK
E-STOP
®
8
CONVEYOR
COIL
CONVEYOR
CONVEYOR CARRIER
1B656-0
FIGURE 2.1
E9700 TYING MACHINE AND CONVEYOR
3.1 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
The E9700 Tying Machine is equipped with a Touch Screen, two Emergency Stop (E-Stop)
Buttons, and a Light Stack. Control of and interaction with the E9700 Tying Machine is
performed by the operator through a series of graphic screens displayed on a touch screen
panel. This interface, referred to herein as the HMI for “Human Machine Interface”, is
mounted in a separate control station enclosure mounted on the Tying Machine control panel.
3.2 TYING MACHINE E-STOP BUTTONS (ES1B, ES2B)
The Tying Machine has two E-Stop buttons, one located at each end of the Tying Machine.
One E-stop button is on the operator station (ES1B) while the other is located on the vertical
arch post at the opposite end of the machine (ES2B). The E-Stop buttons are part of the
control circuit controlling all machine functions and the interface to the bale finishing line
control system.
Pressing any of the E-Stop buttons immediately halts all Tying Machine functions and signals
the bale line control system to halt all Conveyor functions. The E-Stop buttons are to be used
for emergency situations or to preclude machine operation during minor maintenance tasks.
The E-Stop buttons are a ‘push-OFF-twist-ON’ type with large red mushroom buttons
mounted over a yellow background. Rotating the E-Stop mushroom button in the indicated
ON direction will enable the start circuit, provided all other switches in the circuit are
enabled. The emergency stop condition can be reset and the machine restarted by pressing
the black reset button located next to on the HMI. Once the emergency stop has been reset, it
will signal the bale line control system to enable the conveying functions.
3.3 MACHINE STATUS LIGHT
A machine status light (also referred to as the light stack – LS) is mounted on the next to the
electrical enclosure to apprise the operator of the machine state. The following are the states
of the machine that the machine status light indicates:
• On - Flashing Machine has halted because of operational error or emergency stop

command.
• On - Solid Machine is operating in automatic mode.
• Off Machine is in manual mode.
®
3.4 HMI (TOUCHSCREEN)
The HMI is used for displaying pertinent operational information and for inputting system
variables and manually operating the Tying Machine. The HMI has a main overview screen
of the Tying Machine from which the operator can select screens relating to different parts of
the machine. There are also screens that display system status information and alarm
messages. The displayed information includes operator prompts, fault messages and
operational information. The HMI displays text and graphics and has various pop-ups and
sub-windows that are accessed from the main screen. The pop-ups are displayed by pressing
on the gray part of the machine, such as the control panel or the conveyor motor. The sub-
windows are accessed from the pop-ups.
3.4.1 INTERFACE AREAS
The HMI is divided into three basic areas, ‘A’, ‘B’ & ‘C’, as shown in the figure
below.
‘A’ – “Screen Banner”
This area is always visible regardless of what operation screen is selected. The
corporate logos are displayed in this area, and pressing on it will always return the
user to the main screen.
‘B’ – “Screen Body”
This area displays the currently selected operation screen. As an operator navigates
through the different operational screens, this area will change to show the
appropriate functions available.
‘C’ – “Message Area”
This area displays a single line showing the most recent or highest priority, event
message.
®
3.5 INTERFACE NAVIGATION
To use the HMI an understanding is required of how to navigate within the interface.
3.5.1 HEADER BUTTON FUNCTIONS
- Pressing the Oval logo will exit the user to the Windows CE
environment.
- This button represents active alarms on the machine. By pressing this

graphic, a list of alarms appear.
- The operator can return to the overview display from

any operational screen by pressing on the corporate logo.
- The “ESR” or Emergency Stop Reset button is to be pressed to

reset the machine on startup or when the machine is ready for operation.
- This banner graphic is visible when the machine is in Maintenance

Mode.
3.5.2 MULTIPLE SCREENS
When the screen you have open consists of multiple pages, a banner similar to the one
shown below will appear at the top of the screen body.
Pressing the number will change the display to the corresponding screen. The
currently displayed screen is the number with the darker background.
3.5.3 DETAIL SCREENS
When one of the pop-up screens is open, the button for the detail screens, shown
below, will be located in the lower right of the popup.
Pressing the button will change to the detail screen for the corresponding popup.
®
3.5.4 CLOSING POPUP WINDOWS
When pop-up windows are selected, this type of window will need to be closed by
pressing the “X” button, shown below, which will be located in the upper right corner
of the display.
3.6 INTERFACE STRUCTURE
The structure of the HMI is illustrated by the figure below:
The Tying Machine main screen is the starting point from which the operator can navigate to
any of the functional groups comprising the interface. There are several configuration
screens which are accessible from the Machine Detail screen. Those marked with an asterisk
(*) are password protected.
®
3.6.1 TYING MACHINE MAIN SCREEN
The Tying Machine main screen, shown below, provides the operator with access to
the two different operational groups of the equipment – the conveyors and machine
control.
The overview screen displays a counter for the total wires tied by the machine since it
was commissioned. There is an “AUTO” button for switching the mode of the Tying
Machine to automatic, and a “STOP” button for stopping the machine. The current
line position, as set by the operator, is displayed on this screen also.
3.6.1.1 AUTO BUTTON
The “AUTO” button allows the operator to switch the Tying Machine to fully
automatic mode. This button will switch both the machine control and
conveyor control to automatic mode, provided there are not any conditions
that prevent the machine from entering this mode.
3.6.1.2 STOP BUTTON
The “STOP” button allows the operator to stop the Tying Machine, and also
switches the machine out of automatic mode, into manual mode. This button
does not provide an immediate stop, such as the emergency stop does, but it
will stop the machine once it has completed the current cycle.
3.6.2 MACHINE POPUP
The machine popup display, shown below, provides the operator with information on
the core machine functions, as well as control over those functions.
®
This screen allows the operator to manually control the core machine functions. The
buttons are grouped by the part of the machine that they control, or by the function
that they represent.
There is an “AUTO” button on the screen for switching the mode of the machine, and
a “STOP” button for stopping the machine.
3.6.2.1 FEED & TENSION
These buttons are used to control the feeding and tensioning of the machine.
The operator must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“TENSION”
3.6.2.1.1 REFEED
This button will automatically feed wire until the wire has reached the
feed stop switch located in the twister head. The operator only needs to
press and release the button for the action to occur.
“REFEED”
3.6.2.2 TIE WIRE
This button will result in a wire being tied by running the machine through a
full cycle. The tying machine will apply a single wire around the bale located
in the arch. The full cycle consists of tensioning the wire around the bale,
twisting the wire into a knot, and feeding wire so that the machine is ready for
the next wire cycle.
“TIE WIRE”
®
3.6.2.3 TWISTER HEAD
These buttons are used to control the twister head portion of the machine. The
operator only needs to press and release the button for the action to occur.
“OPEN”
“CLOSE”
3.6.2.3.1 TWISTER CYCLE
This button will cause the twister head to complete a full twist cycle.
The operator only needs to press and release the button for the action to
occur.
“TWISTER CYCLE”
3.6.2.4 CLEAR WIRE
This button will clear the tying machine of any wire currently loaded in the
machine. It will clear the wire by first drawing back any wire in the feed tube
and feeding it into the wire ejection tube. The wire loaded on the accumulator,
up to the point where wire is fed into the machine from the coil carrier, will
then be cleared. The operator only needs to press and release the button for the
action to occur.
NOTE: Before using the function, the wire must be cut at the entry to the
machine, and the wire located in the track and twister head must be removed
using the manual controls.
“CLEAR WIRE”
3.6.2.5 MACHINE STATE INDICATOR
The current state of the machine is shown by these indicators. The box will be
green to indicate a true condition for the corresponding state indicator.
“CLEAR” – The machine is clear of wire.
“HOME” – Both the twister head and accumulator wheel have completed their
homing sequences.
®
“FED” – The wire has been fed into the machine, up to the feed stop switch.
3.6.3 MACHINE DETAIL
The machine detail display, shown below, provides the operator with access to
advanced controls and system settings. The advanced settings are also accessed from
this screen, but those screens are password protected.
3.6.3.1 SERVICE SCREEN 1
The “SERVICE” button will access the 1st service screen, shown below. This
is one screen of five.
This screen allows the operator to individually control the feed & tension
wheel, accumulator wheel and the twister head. In the event that there is a
problem which can not be resolved using the standard controls for the
machine, these controls are available.
In order to enable these controls, the “SERVE” button must be pressed to set
the machine into service mode. When the operator leaves the service screens,
the service mode is disabled.
®
NOTE: When in the service mode, each motor in the machine will have the
torque setting set to maximum. Under normal operating conditions, the torque
settings for each motor will default to lower values.
3.6.3.1.1 ACCUMULATOR WHEEL
These buttons are used to control the rotation of the accumulator wheel.
The feed direction for this wheel is counter-clockwise. The operator
must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“TENSION”
3.6.3.1.2 FEED & TENSION WHEEL
These buttons are used to control the rotation of the feed and tension
wheel. The feed direction for this wheel is clockwise. The operator
must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“TENSION”
The button shown below is to control the coordinated movement of the

accumulator wheel with the feed & tension wheel.
“COORDINATED MOVEMENT”
When enabled, pressing the “FEED” or “TENSION” buttons under the

feed & tension wheel group will also result in the coordinated move of
the accumulator wheel. When disabled, only the feed & tension wheel
will move when the buttons are pressed.
3.6.3.1.3 TWISTER HEAD
These buttons are used to control the motion of the twister head. The
forward direction will rotate the twister head cam in the clockwise
direction. The operator must press and hold the button for the action to
occur.
“FORWARD”
®
“REVERSE”
3.6.3.1.4 MOTOR POSITIONS
The current position, in millimeters, of each motor is indicated in the

figure shown below.
“FTM PSN” – The position of the feed & tension motor. This is
defined as zero when the end of the wire is at the entry
side of the twister. A negative value indicates it is
between the wire feed tube switch (WFTS) and the entry
of the twister head.
“ACM PSN” – The position of the accumulator motor. This is defined

as zero when the accumulator wheel has no wire on it
and is in the home position.
“TWM PSN” – The position of the twister motor. This is defined as

zero when the twister motor is in the home position.
3.6.3.2 SERVICE SCREENS 2 & 3
The 2nd and 3rd service screens, shown below, display various machine inputs.
The text will appear darker indicating the on state for the corresponding input.
®
3.6.3.3 SERVICE SCREEN 4 & 5
The 4th and 5th service screens, shown below, display various machine outputs.
The text will appear darker indicating the on state for the corresponding
output.
®
3.6.3.4 SERVICE SCREEN 6
The 6th service screen, shown below, displays the status codes from the motor
drives and provides some of the test functions.
“FTM STAT” – The status code for the feed & tension motor drive.
“ACM STAT” – The status code for the accumulator motor drive.
“TWM STAT” – The status code for the twister motor drive.
The “C.RUN” button and “Stop Counter”: When a machine is at the

Maintenance station and in Maintenance Mode, the operator can set a
number of wires to tie and press the “C.Run” or Continuous Run
Button and the machine will tie until that number has been reached.
The “T-MODE” Button: When the “T-MODE” or Test Mode button is

pressed, this allows certain higher level tests to be run enabling the
operation of the machine in this state.
3.6.3.5 SYSTEM SCREEN 1
The “SYSTEM” button will access the 1st system screen, shown below. This
is one screen of two.
®
This screen allows the operator to adjust the wire tension settings. Touching
on the current setting will display a box and keyboard to allow the value to be
changed.
”WIRE TENSION” – The bale wire tension adjustment, in percent. The

maximum tension value is 100%, and the lower limit is
determined by a system parameter set in the
configuration section. There are separate settings to
correspond to line position 1 and line position 2. The
lower limit for wire tension
3.6.3.6 SYSTEM SCREEN 2
The 2nd system screen is shown below.
OTHER
This screen allows the operator to make adjustments to the touchscreen

display.
“SYSTEM” – This button allows the user access to the control panel in Win
CE.
®
“UPDATE” – This button allows the HMI software to be updated while the
HMI software is being edited. This serves no function during regular operation
of the machine..
“Touch C.” – This will allow the touchscreen to be calibrated for touch
sensitivity.
“EXIT” – This button will exit the HMI software and into the Win CE
environment. Note: By exiting, to restart the HMI will require a machine
restart..
“ALARMS” – This button shows a list of current alarms. This screen allows
the operator to make adjustments to the touchscreen display.
3.6.3.7 LOGIN (ADVANCED SETTINGS)
In order for the user to access the screens under the “ADVANCED
SETTINGS” group, a user with the proper authorization level must login.
When the “LOGIN” buttons is pressed, the login window will appear.
®
By pressing the on the editable area (where the Xs are), a popup will appear to
enter the password. This password is originaly set to 9101 and changeable
after a successful login.
The current password is changeable by touching the New Password field.
To leave this window after a succesful longin, press the ESC button.
The CONFIG button is now accessible.
3.6.3.8 CONFIG SCREEN
The configuration screen shown below:
®
This screen allows the adjustment of various machine parameters that are not
grouped in the other categories.
3.6.4 CONVEYOR POPUP
The conveyor popup display, shown below, provides the operator with control over
the conveyor functions.
The “STOP” button will both stop any movement of the conveyors and also switch
the conveyors to manual control mode in the bale line control system.
3.6.4.1 FORWARD & REVERSE
These buttons are used to manually control the forward and reverse motion of
the machine conveyors. The operator must press and hold the button for the
action to occur.
“FORWARD” (Line 1) – “REVERSE” (Line 2)
“REVERSE” (Line 1) – “FORWARD” (Line 2)
Since the orientation of the machines changes depending on which line they are
installed in, the arrows function changes accordingly.
3.6.5 CONVEYOR DETAIL
The conveyor detail display, shown below, provides the operator with information on
the conveyor interlock signals. These interlocks consist of the signals between the
machine control system and the bale line control system.
®
“CONVEYOR STOPPED” - This signal is received from the bale finishing
line to indicate that the conveyor has stopped moving. The
wire tying cycle cannot begin unless the conveyor has stopped.
“CONVEYOR IN AUTOMATIC MODE” – This signal is received from the

bale finishing line to indicate if the conveyor is set to
automatic mode in the bale line control system.
“ENTRY CONVEYOR CLOSED” – This signal is received from the bale

finishing line to indicate if the entry side conveyor is closed.
This signal comes from sensors located on the conveyor, but is
wired into the bale line control system.
“EXIT CONVEYOR CLOSED” – This signal is received from the bale

finishing line to indicate if the exit side conveyor is closed.
This signal comes from a sensor located on the conveyor, but
is wired into the bale line control system.
“MACHINE IN POSITION” – This signal is received from the bale finishing

line to indicate if the machine is correctly installed in the bale
line.
“MOVE PERMIT” – This signal is sent to the bale finishing line to indicate
that it is safe to operate the conveyors. A machine cycle must
not be active and both the entry and exit conveyor sides must
be closed for this signal to be sent.
3.7 EVENT MESSAGES
There are event messages that the system displays on the touchscreen to keep the operator
informed of the machine state. These messages are for information only and do not require
acknowledgement by the operator. Since only one message can be displayed at a time, the
most recent, or highest priority, event message will be displayed.
Below is a list of the event messages that the machine will display, along with a brief
explanation.
®
"Ready For Wire” – The machine is clear of wire, and both the accumulator and twister head
have been homed. The operator can load wire into the machine from
the payoff system.
"Automatic Wire Feed” – When wire is being fed into the machine initially, and the WES
senses the wire at the entry point, the machine will begin the
automatic wire feed stage.
"Out Of Wire” – During a feed cycle, the supply of wire into the machine was depleted, as
signaled by the WES, and the machine stopped
“Clearing Wire” – A wire clearing operation has been initiated by the operator, and the
machine is removing any wire loaded into it. This wire will be directed into
the wire exhaust tube.
"Emergency Stop" – The machine is in an emergency stop condition. The machine will
need to be reset to clear this condition.
"Accumulator Homing" – The accumulator is performing a homing function to prepare the

machine to be ready for wire to be loaded. This message usually
appears as part of the clear wire function.
"Automatic Mode" – The machine is operating in fully automatic mode, so only commands
from the bale line control system will control the tying equipment.
"Operator Apply Wire" – When the tying machine is in the manual mode, there is wire at the
FSS and the machine is ready for a wire tie cycle, this message is
displayed to signal that the operator has control over the wire
application process.
"Wire In Machine But Not Fed Up" – When the tying machine has wire at both the WES and
the WFTS, but not at the FSS, then this message will
be displayed.
"Service Mode Active" – The operator is in the service mode section of the HMI and has
enabled the machine service mode.
"Loading Drive Parameters" – When a parameter has been changed that must be downloaded
to the drives, this message will be displayed to indicate the
download is being performed.
"Stop Requested – Please Wait" – When a machine wire tie cycle is being performed, or
another automatic operation, and the “STOP” button is
pressed, this message will appear. Since the machine will
stop in an orderly and controlled fashion, this message tells
the operator that the stop request was received and the
machine is proceeding to a stopped state.
®
3.8 ALARM MESSAGES
There are alarm messages that the system displays on the touchscreen to inform the operator
of problems or machine failures. Every alarm message will require acknowledgement by the
operator, even if the alarm condition has cleared.
New alarms will appear in a small window on the touchscreen. The text describing the alarm
condition will appear in the window. If there are multiple new alarms then the operator can
use the scroll bar on the right side of the window to view all the alarms. The operator can
touch the alarm message once to highlight it and then use the “OK” button located on the
lower left of the alarm window to acknowledge that alarm. The operator must acknowledge
each alarm independently as there is no option to acknowledge all alarms with a single button
press. The window can also be closed without acknowledgement, or after only
acknowledging a couple of alarms, if the operator wants to acknowledge the remaining
alarms at a later time.
If there are alarms present in the machine then a small graphic, shown below, will appear in
the top middle banner of the touchscreen.
The number shown below the graphic is the total of the currently active alarms. By touching
this graphic, the Alarms window will be opened and the user will have the option of
acknowledging all current and past alarms. There is also an option to clear alarms.
®
The “CLR” button will only allow the clearing of non active alarms. All alarms listed will
show a timestamp of when the alarm appeared, and if the alarm has been acknowledged, it
will show that time as well.
There are in excess of 100 possible alarm messages, however most of these messages are
associated with possible faults in the drives that operate the feed/tension, accumulator and
twister head motors. Due to the quantity of alarms most are not listed here, and for those
associated with the motor drives the user should refer to the drive manufacturer
documentation for a complete explanation of the error. In all cases, the alarm messages are
written to be as clear and descriptive as possible to the operator, and should be self
explanatory. Where additional clarification may be required, those messages listed below
have brief explanations following them.
"Overfeed" – More wire has been fed into the machine than the track will hold, indicating an
overfeed condition. The wire has probably come out of the track during the
feeding cycle.
"Accumulator Wheel Past Home" – During the wire feed cycle, the accumulator wheel has
rotated past the home position of the wheel.
"Twister Not Home On Feed" – For wire to be fed through the twister head and around the
track, the head must be in the home position initially.
“Out Of Wire” - During a feed cycle, the supply of wire into the machine was depleted, as
signaled by the WES, and the machine stopped
"Autofeed Timeout" – During the autofeed cycle, the wire did not reach the FSS in a set
period of time, indicating a feeding problem.
"No Bale or No Wire Grip" – The minimum loop size of wire has been reached while
tensioning. There is either no bale present or the grip on the wire was lost
“Auto Cycle Tension Timeout” – The machine did not complete an automatic tension cycle
within a configured period of time.
“Wire Strip Required” – The manual operation attempted is not possible because the tying
machine must first have a wire strip operation performed.
“E-Stop Interlock Chain Broken” – When operating the tying machine out-of-line, the
maintenance plug must be connected to override the bale line e-stop
interlock.
“Wire At Feed Stop Switch” – When a wire clear function is attempted, but there is wire
present in the twister head at the FSS.
“Wire Jam” – The wire is jammed and cannot complete the feed.
“Twister Head Not Closed”- The Twister Head is not closed. The wire cannot be fed until
the Twister is closed. The Twister may not be in its home position, or there
may be an obstruction that is holding the twister cover open.
®
“Twister Cycle Timeout” – The twister has not completed its cycle causing the Twister to
time out.
“Auto Cycle Feed Time Out” – The wire did not feed around the track and actuate the Feed
Stop Switch in the specified amount of time. The wire may have escaped the
track during the feed cycle or the wire may be jammed.
“Wire Strip Timeout” –The Wire Strip Out function did not occur in the specified amount of
time. The end of the wire may have passed the end of the wire elect
pall and have tried to feed around the track.
“Accumulator Encoder Failure” – This message will appear if the control system detects that
the Accumulator Encoder is not functioning correctly.
“Twister Encoder Failure” - This message will appear if the control system detects that the
Twister Encoder is not functioning correctly.
“Feed and Tension Encoder Failure” - This message will appear if the control system detects
that the Feed and Tension Encoder is not functioning correctly.
“Feed and Tension Wire Door Not Closed” –The doors on the wire entry side of the Feed and
Tension Unit are not closed and latched.
“Feed and Tension Drive Door Not Closed” –The doors on the motor side of the Feed and
Tension Unit are not closed and latched.
“Panel E-Stop Button Pressed” –The Emergency Stop Button located on the Operator
Interface Panel is actuated.
“Arch E-Stop Button Pressed” –The Emergency Stop Button located on the end of the Arch
is actuated.
“Wire Eject Door Not Closed” – The Wire Eject Door is not closed and latched. Or the
switch is not adjusted properly.
“Entry Side Conveyor Not Closed” – The Entry Conveyors is not closed.
“Exit Side Conveyor Not Closed” – The Exit Conveyors is not closed.
“Refeed Cycle Timeout” - The wire did not feed around the track and actuate the Feed Stop
Switch in the specified amount of time. The wire may have escaped
the track during the feed cycle or the wire may be jammed.
®
4.0 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1. INTRODUCTION
The E9700 Tying Machine is designed to be installed in a fully automated production line.
Though automated, its operation and supply of wire must be periodically checked. The
various Tying Machine functions may also be manually activated at the Tying Machine
operator station. Operation, inspection, maintenance, and wire reloading are to be performed
only by properly trained and qualified personnel.
THE TYING MACHINE CAN START WITHOUT WARNING!

DO NOT CLIMB, WALK, SIT OR LIE ON THE TYING MACHINE. RISK TO
PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT EXISTS.
ALWAYS REMAIN WITHIN DESIGNATED AREAS.

CONVEYOR LINES MAY START EVEN THOUGH A TYING MACHINE IN THE
LINE IS NOT IN SERVICE. RISK TO PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT EXISTS.
REMAIN IN DESIGNATED WORK AREAS AND DO NOT REACH

INTO THE TYING MACHINE FROM THOSE DESIGNATED WORK AREAS.
4.2. LOADING THE COIL CARRIER (See Figure 4.1)
Before loading the coil carrier, press one of the Emergency Stop Buttons on the machine to
ensure it is disabled.
BECAUSE THE COIL CARRIER IS MOUNTED ON CASTORS, THERE

IS A ROLLING PINCH-POINT BETWEEN THE CASTOR WHEELS AND THE
FLOOR. BE SURE TO AVOID THE CASTORS AND ALWAYS WEAR FOOT
PROTECTION WHEN MOVING THE COIL CARRIER.
WHILE DESIGNED TO BE MOVABLE, THE COIL CARRIER IS

STILL A LARGE AND MASSIVE OBJECT, ESPECIALLY WHEN LOADED WITH
A FULL SPOOL OF WIRE. FLOOR CONDITION, FLOOR GRADE AND CASTOR
CONDITION ALL AFFECT THE FORCE REQUIRED TO MOVE THE COIL
CARRIER. DO NOT JERK ON THE MACHINE TO START IT MOVING, OR
MUSCLE STRAIN MAY OCCUR. PULL OR PUSH WITH A STEADY FORCE, OR
USE ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL TO AVOID BACK OR OTHER INJURIES.
®
1. Open the Coil Carrier door.
2. Lift the coil of wire with a fork lift, overhead crane, or other
approved method and raise it high enough to clear the coil carrier.
3. Position the coil carrier directly under the coil and lower the
coil until it rests on the carrier base.
4. Place the wire guide over the mandrel and lower it until it is resting on the mandrel.
5. Lock the wire guide to the mandrel with the locking pin.
6. Close the Coil Carrier door. Be careful when closing the Coil Carrier
doors to avoid being pinched.
7. Roll the Coil Carrier into position and secure it to the floor A
locking pin is provided to prevent the Coil Carrier from moving during operation. Do
not operate without the pin in place.
MAKE SURE THE COIL CARRIER IS IN PLACE AND SECURED PRIOR

TO TYING MACHINE OPERATION.
4.3. THREADING THE TYING MACHINE (See Figure 4.3)
After the wire has been removed from the Tying Machine, new wire must be loaded by the
following steps:
THE ENDS OF THE WIRE MAY BE SHARP AND THE TYING

WIRE FREQUENTLY HAS SHARP SLIVERS THAT COULD CAUSE INJURY.
ALWAYS WEAR GLOVES AND USE EYE PROTECTION WHEN HANDLING THE
WIRE TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY.
SMALL STEPS ARE PROVIDED TO ALLOW THE OPERATOR TO

REACH THE UPPER REGION OF THE COIL CARRIER. HAND-HOLDS ARE
PROVIDED ALONG THE COLUMN. ALWAYS USE THE HAND-HOLDS WHEN
ACCESSING THE UPPER REGION OF THE COIL CARRIER TO PREVENT A
FALL.
1. Prepare the coil by removing the securing bands from the coil of wire.
2. Pass the free end of the wire through the wire guide and between the guide rolls and
the pulleys located on the payoff Frame (See Figure 4.2).
3. Pass the free end of the wire between the lower guide roll and pulley (See Figure 4.2).
®
BE CAREFUL WHEN THREADING THE WIRE THROUGH THE
GUIDE WHEELS AND THE WIRE STRAIGHTENER. CLOSE AND LATCH THE
COVER AFTER THE WIRE IS LOADED.
4. Open door on wire enclosure.

5. Thread the wire between the guide rolls on the wire straightener.
6. If necessary adjust the wire straightener by following the procedure described in
Section 6.4 Wire Straightener.
7. Close door on wire enclosure.
8. Clear all faults on the Tying Machine and reset the “E-STOP” buttons as necessary.
9. From the Touch Screen, set the Tying Machine to manual operation.
10. Select the Feed function: the Tying Machine will automatically wait for the wire to be
inserted to the drive wheel.
11. As the wire passes the proximity switch in the Entry Guide, the
Drive Wheel will start to turn.
12. Slowly feed the end of the wire into the Entry Guide, pushing the
wire until it engages with the Drive and Nip Wheels, which will begin to draw the
wire in.
13. After the Drive and Nip Wheels engages the wire, the wire will be fed through the
Feed and Tension assembly until the end of the wire is sensed by the wire feed tube
switch.
14. To complete feeding the machine, manually press the Refeed button and the HMI.
Wire will be fed into the feed tube, through the twister head, around the track and
back into the twister head until the feed stop switch is actuated. The machine is then
ready to operate.
KEEP BODY AND CLOTHING CLEAR OF WIRE WHEN

OPERATING THE MACHINE.
4.4 MACHINE RESET
For the Tying Machine to operate it will have to be in a reset state. This state refers to the
mode of the emergency stop safety module located in the Tying Machine control panel.
1. Press the reset button located on the HMI.

2. The event message “Emergency Stop” should disappear, indicating the machine is
reset. There will be a noticeable, high pitched “humming” sound emanating from the
machine main enclosure. This sound also indicates the motors are energized and
ready for operation.
®
4.5. FEEDING
To feed the wire around the track, the Tying Machine must be reset and wire must have been
previously loaded.
NOTE: As the feed sequence takes place automatically after wire has been reloaded in the
automatic mode, it is not normally necessary to feed the wire manually.
1. Change to the “MACHINE POPUP” screen.

2. Switch the machine to manual mode by pressing the “STOP” button.
3. Press-and-hold the “FEED” button.
The wire can only be fed until the Feed Stop Switch detects wire in the Twister Head.
THERE IS ALWAYS THE POTENTIAL FOR WIRE TO ESCAPE

FROM THE TRACK DURING OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE. ALWAYS
WEAR EYE PROTECTION AND HAND PROTECTION WHEN OPERATING OR
PERFORMING MAINTENANCE.
4.6. AUTOMATIC OPERATION
THE TYING MACHINE IS

DESIGNED TO TIE BALES OF PULP WITH STEEL WIRES. ALL OPERATORS
AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL WORKING ON OR AROUND THE TYING
MACHINE MUST BE QUALIFIED FOR THEIR POSITION.
To set the automatic operation mode of the Tying Machine, it must be loaded with wire (see
section 4.2 and 4.3) and wire must be fed around the track to the feed stop switch (see section
4.5).
1. Change to the Tying Machine “MAIN” screen.

2. Switch the machine mode to automatic by pressing the “AUTO” button.
3. The “AUTO” button will change to green to indicate the machine is in automatic
mode. Also, the event message will display “Automatic Mode”.
The machine will then operate automatically and tie bales only in response to interlock
signals received from the bale finishing line control system.
DURING THE WIRE TYING OPERATION, REMAIN CLEAR OF THE

MACHINE. BODY PARTS COULD BE TRAPPED BETWEEN THE BALE AND
THE STEEL WIRE.
®
THE CONTROLS OF THE TYING MACHINE ARE
INTERLOCKED WITH THE BALE FINISHING LINE CONTROL SYSTEM. A
FAILURE IN THE LINE CONTROLS COULD UNEXPECTEDLY START THE
MACHINE. STAY CLEAR OF THE MACHINE DURING OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES.
FOLLOW ALL APPROPRIATE LOCK – OUT, TAG – OUT

PROCEDURES WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE.
4.7. TWIST KNOT
KEEP BODY PARTS AWAY FROM THE

TRACK/TWISTER HEAD AREA
The Twister Head can be operated manually to knot the wire. There are two different ways to
knot the wire. The operator is free to choose which method is preferred.
Method 1:

2. Switch the machine mode to manual by pressing “STOP”
3. Press the twister head “OPEN” button.
4. Wait until the Twister Head is open, as indicated by the button changing to green.
5. Press the twister head “CLOSE” button.
Method 2:

2. Switch the machine mode to manual by pressing “STOP”
3. Press the twister head “CYCLE” button.
4.8 CONVEYOR OPERATION
The operator can manually control the movement of the conveyor.
1. Change to the “CONVEYOR POPUP” screen.

2. Switch the conveyor to manual mode by pressing “STOP”
3. Press-and-hold the “FORWARD” or “REVERSE” buttons to operate the conveyor in
the corresponding direction.
BEWARE OF CONVEYOR PINCH POINTS AND REMAIN

CLEAR OF THE CONVEYOR WHEN IT IS IN OPERATION.
®
4.9 MANUAL TYING CYCLE
A single wire can be applied to the bale manually by the operator.

2. Switch the machine mode to manual by pressing “STOP”.
3. Press the machine “CYCLE” button.
A single wire will be tensioned, twisted and cut, around the product in the machine arch. The
machine will then automatically refeed wire to be ready for the next tying cycle command.
4.10. CLEARING THE TYING MACHINE (See Figure 4.11)
When reloading wire into the machine, any remaining wire must be removed. This is known
as clearing the wire. This may also be required if the wire becomes damaged and must be cut
from the wire supply. The following guidelines are provided to clear all remaining wire from
the machine:
1. From the HMI, set the machine to manual mode.

2. Cut the wire at the Entry Guide.
4. If the wire is in place in the Twister Head, manually tension and twist the wire out of
the track.
5. Select the “CLEAR WIRE” button. The machine will then automatically draw back
any wire remaining in the track. After the wire has been drawn back, it will be fed
into the Wire Exhaust Coiler.
6. Wait for the wire clear cycle to be complete. The machine status indicator will
change to green for “CLEAR” when the cycle is finished.
7. Press one of the “E-STOP” buttons and verify that the Light Stack (LS) on the
machine is blinking.
WIRE MAY ESCAPE FROM THE EXHAUST TUBE. THE ENDS

OF THE WIRE MAY BE SHARP. WEAR EYE PROTECTION AND GLOVES TO
PREVENT INJURY.
8. Open the Wire Exhaust Coiler Door to remove the wire by hand. The door is
equipped with proximity switch (WEDS), which will prevent the machine from
restarting while the door is open.
9. After the wire has been removed, the door must be closed and latched to allow the
machine to be started again.
®
4.11 TENSIONING ERROR
In the event of a tensioning error, which occurs when the tensioning cycle time exceeds a set
value, the machine will initiate the following operational sequence:
1. The Twister Head will twist, cut and eject the wire.
2. The Twister Head will then remain in the open position.
3. Machine automatic mode operation will cease until the machine is cleared.
To clear the machine, follow these steps:
1. Press one of the red emergency stop buttons for the machine.
2. Clear the wire from the track using pliers or other appropriate tools.
3. Identify the cause for the tensioning error by following instructions located in the
“TROUBLE SHOOTING” section.
®
FIGURE 4.1
LOADING THE COIL CARRIER
®
FIGURE 4.2
THREADING OVERHEAD PAYOFF ASSEMBLY
®
WIRE GUIDE
OPERATOR
INTERFACE
WIRE ENTRY
GUIDE
FIGURE 4.3
THREADING THE TYING MACHINE
®
FIGURE 4.11
CLEARING THE TYING MACHINE
®
5.0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
5.1. INTRODUCTION
The sequence of operation of the E9700 Tying Machine is defined in two sections. The first
(section 5.2.) will describe the application of a wire onto a bale. The second (section 5.3.)
will describe the automatic operation of the Tying Machine. Figure 5.1 illustrates the switch
locations. Referring to the wiring and program schematics will be helpful in following the
sequence of operation.
BEFORE STARTING ANY PROCEDURE WITH THE TYING

MACHINE ENSURE SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES. READ ALL SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS IN THE "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS" AND IN THE "SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS" CHAPTER.
BEFORE INITIATING TYING MACHINE

OPERATION, ENSURE THAT NO BALES CAN ARRIVE IN THE TYING
MACHINE FROM EITHER DIRECTION. BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE
ACTIVITIES ARE PERFORMED ENSURE THAT THE TYING MACHINE HAS
BEEN SHUT DOWN AND “LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURES ARE
FOLLOWED.
WEAR EYE AND HEARING PROTECTION WHEN OPERATING

THE TYING MACHINE
5.2 WIRE APPLICATION
The signal to apply a wire can be initiated either by the operator, when the machine is in
manual mode, or from the control system interlocks to the bale line, when the machine is in
the automatic mode. In either case, the sequence of events to apply the wire will be identical
The machine has five main operational cycles: 1) threading, 2) tensioning,

3) twisting, 4) feeding, and 5) wire clearing. The machine operates in two different
modes: manual and automatic. The tension, twist and feed cycles may function in either
automatic or manual mode, but are normally part of the automatic cycle. These cycles
may also be operated in the manual mode for maintenance and clearing. The threading
and wire clearing cycles will only operate in the manual mode.
The threading cycle is initiated only in the manual mode, and is used to prepare the Tying
Machine for use anytime a coil of wire is changed. The threading cycle is similar to the
feed cycle with the exception that the Feed and Tension Drive wheel does not start until
the Wire Entry Switch (WES) detects wire has been inserted into the Entry Guide.
Continued feeding of the wire by hand is required until the Drive Wheel and Nip Wheel
engage the wire. At that point, the wire is automatically drawn in and fed up to the Wire
Feed Tube Switch (WFTS). The operator can complete the feed cycle by pressing the
®
“Refeed” button on the Touch Screen. The wire will then continue the feed into the
Twister Head, around the Track and back into the Twister Head on the second pass,
where it will stop once the Feed Stop Switch is actuated.
The tension cycle is initiated by a signal from the bale finishing line signal, when in
automatic mode, or by pressing the tension button on the Touch Screen when in the
manual mode. Initiation of the cycle by the bale finishing line will cause a complete
tension/twist/feed cycle. Initiation of the tension cycle by pressing-and-holding the
tension button will cause the machine to complete only a single complete tension cycle.
Initiation of the tension cycle causes the Drive Wheel to rotate at high speed in the
tension direction. The Drive and Nip Wheels provide the tractive force on the wire
causing the wire to be drawn from the track. As the wire is drawn into the Feed and
Tension unit, increased wire tension pulls the wire from the track and around the bale. As
the wire is drawn around the bale, the wire tension increases, causing the Gripper to
firmly grip the end of the wire. As the extra wire is drawn back, wire is wound around
the Accumulator Wheel until the Feed and Tension Nip Wheel stalls. When the Nip
Wheel reaches zero speed, the set maximum tension is being applied. Tension on the wire
is maintained by regulating the gearmotor torque. The amount of wire stored on the
Accumulator Wheel is monitored by the Accumulator drive encoder count. This count is
then used during the feed cycle to determine the feed transition point (transition from
feeding accumulated wire to feeding wire from the wire supply).
The twist cycle is initiated by the stalling of the Nip Wheel in automatic mode or, in
manual mode, by pressing the twister cycle button on the HMI. The Twister Head
gearmotor rotates the Twister Pinion through the mainshaft and a series of gears. The
wire is forced to wrap around itself three and one-half times forming a knot that secures
the wire to the bale. At the end of the twist cycle, the Rocking Cutter Carrier actuates,
cutting the tied wire from the wire supply. After the wire is cut, the Ejectors rise as the
Twister Pinion comes into alignment with the wire ejection path. The Twister Head is
opened momentarily as the Gripper releases the wire and the Ejectors force the tied wire
from the Twister Head. The Twister Head then continues to rotate, returns to the home
position and is ready for another cycle.
The feed cycle is initiated at the end of the twist cycle when in automatic mode, or by
pressing-and-holding the feed button on the HMI when in manual mode. The Drive and
Nip Wheels feed the wire through the Feed and Tension Unit. Next, the wire is fed
through the Feed Tube and into the Twister Head. Then the wire is fed through the
Twister Pinion, around the track, into the Twister Head and through the Twister Pinion on
the second pass. When the wire is fed into the Twister Head on the second pass, it feeds
past the Gripper and comes to rest against the Stop Block. The spring loaded Gripper arm
allows the wire end to engage the toothed gripper insert securing the wire and preventing
it from pulling out. The feed cycle is complete when the wire is in place against the Stop
Block actuating the Feed Stop Switch. The Stop Block is located just past the gripper
ensuring the gripper is fully engaged with the wire.
The clearing cycle is initiated only in the manual mode by pressing the clear wire button
on the HMI. The clear cycle cannot be initiated if the wire is in place in the track such
that the Feed Stop switch is activated. If the Feed Stop Switch is actuated, the Tying
Machine must go through a tension/twist cycle before the clearing cycle can be initiated.
®
Initiation of the clearing cycle causes the Drive Wheel to rotate at low speed in the
tension direction. The Drive and Nip Wheel provide the tractive force to draw the wire
from the Track. As the wire is drawn back, it is wound around the Accumulator Wheel.
When the end of the wire is detected by the Wire Feed Tube Switch (WFTS), the Drive
Wheel continues to draw back wire until it clears the Wire Exhaust Gate. The Wire
Exhaust Gate is then opened by the Exhaust Gate Solenoid, the Drive Wheel is reversed
and the wire is fed through the Wire Exhaust Gate and into the Wire Exhaust Coiler.
After all the wire has been fed into the Wire Exhaust Coiler, the operator opens the
Exhaust Coiler Door and removes the wire.
5.3 AUTOMATIC OPERATION
THE TYING MACHINE IS DESIGNED TO TIE BALES OF PULP

WITH STEEL WIRES. ALL OPERATORS AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
WORKING ON OR AROUND THE TYING MACHINE MUST BE QUALIFIED FOR
THEIR POSITION.
THIS MACHINE IS PART OF AN AUTOMATED SYSTEM AND IS NOT TO

BE OPERATED INDEPENDENTLY..
FIGURE 1.3 SHOWS DANGER ZONES AND

OPERATION ZONES. DANGER ZONES MUST NOT BE ENTERED WHEN THE
MACHINE IS IN OPERATION. OPERATION ZONES ARE THOSE AREAS AN
OPERATOR MAY BE EXPECTED TO ENTER WHILE OPERATING THE
MACHINE.
When operating the machine in the automatic mode, initiation of the wire tying cycle requires
the following:
1. The machine must be loaded with wire (see sections 4.2 and 4.3)
2. Wire must be fed around the track (see section 4.6)
The machine must be in the automatic mode, which is selected by pressing the “AUTO”
button located on the main screen of the HMI.
STAY CLEAR OF THE TYING MACHINE WHEN

ENGAGING AUTOMATIC MODE. ALL TYING MACHINE FUNCTIONS CAN
START WITHOUT WARNING WHEN A BALE ENTERS THE MACHINE. ANY
INATTENTION WHILE CLOSE TO THE TYING MACHINE COULD RESULT IN
PERSONAL INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
®
A bale entering the machine will actuate the Bale Entry Sensor (BES). The bale line control
system will decide how far to advance the bale once the BES has been actuated. The bale
will then stop in position for the wire application. The bale finishing line control system then
initiates a complete tying cycle through the machine interlocks, and a wire is applied as
described previously (see section 5.2.)
The knot is completed and ejected from the Twister Head. The cycle is complete when the
Twister Head returns to the home position. The Twister Head Closed Switch (TWCS)
indicates the knot has cleared and the Twister Head is fully closed. At this point, the
interlocks signal the bale finishing line control system that the tying cycle is complete. If
there is only one wire being applied, the bale is then conveyed out of the Tying Machine. If
there is a second wire to be applied to the bale, then the bale will be conveyed to the second
wire location. The location of the bale for the second wire relies on the signal from the Bale
Exit Switch (BXS) which is connected to the bale finishing line control system. A wire is
then applied in the second position before the bale is conveyed out of the Tying Machine.
Once the bale has left the Tying Machine, the equipment is ready to accept another bale.
®
FTADS2
FTADS1
WEDS
WES
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

ACHS
ES1B
®
45
NWP1S,
NWP2S
ES2B
WFTS
TWNHS
FSS TCS
1B656-0
FIGURE 5.1A
TYING MACHINE SWITCH LOCATIONS
XCCS1
BXS
ECCS1
BES
FIGURE 5.1B
CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS
®
6.0 ADJUSTMENTS
6.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
Carefully read and understand this safety section of this manual before making any
adjustment to the E9700 Tying Machine. This safety section details inherent risks and
general safety considerations associated with the operation of this Tying Machine. Failure to
follow these instructions could result in personal injury or equipment damage.
6.1.1 SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols that correspond with warning symbols on the Tying Machine are
used throughout this manual. They signal situations that require extra attention during
Tying Machine installation, operation, or maintenance. Observe the associated
precautions carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous situations.
6.1.2 PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
In order to protect personnel from the generally noisy environment around the Tying
Machine, adequate hearing protection must be worn. The Tying Machine uses steel
wire to secure bales of pulp. Because sharp wire ends present a hazard, adequate eye
protection must be worn at all times when working on or near the Tying Machine.
BEFORE INITIATING TYING MACHINE OPERATION,

ENSURE THAT NO BALES CAN ARRIVE IN THE TYING MACHINE FROM
EITHER DIRECTION. BEFORE ANY ADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE, ENSURE
THAT THE TYING MACHINE IS SHUT DOWN AND “LOCK OUT, TAG OUT”
PROCEDURES ARE FOLLOWED.
WHILE IN THE AUTOMATIC MODE, BALES

ENTERING THE TYING MACHINE REPRESENT A POTENTIAL DANGER FOR
PERSONNEL WORKING AROUND THE TYING MACHINE.
The Tying Machine’s operation is fully automated. Any inattention while close to the
Tying Machine could result in personal injury or equipment damage. The Tying
Machine and Conveyors may start or cycle without warning! Precautions must be
taken to prevent bales from being automatically conveyed to the Tying Machine when
it is out of service. Shutting down the Tying Machine does not necessarily prevent
other bale finishing equipment from operating! For all maintenance activities not
requiring the Tying Machine to be in operation a "lock out, tag out" procedure applies
(see "MAINTENANCE" section of this manual). All personnel working on or around
the Tying Machine during installation, as an operator, or in a maintenance capacity
must be qualified for their position.
®
6.2 TYING MACHINE ADJUSTMENTS
When making Tying Machine adjustments, it is preferable to remove the Tying Machine
from the Conveyor for increased accessibility. The Tying Machine installs between the Entry
and Exit Conveyors and is guided into place by two floor mounted guide tubes. When the
Tying Machine is installed in the line, a Conveyor frame mounted latch holds the Tying
Machine in place and prevents it from backing out.
BECAUSE THE TYING MACHINE IS MOUNTED ON CASTORS,

THERE IS A ROLLING PINCH-POINT BETWEEN THE CASTOR WHEELS AND
THE FLOOR. BE SURE TO AVOID THE CASTORS AND ALWAYS WEAR FOOT
PROTECTION WHEN MOVING THE TYING MACHINE.
WHILE DESIGNED TO BE MOVABLE, THE TYING MACHINE IS

STILL A LARGE AND MASSIVE OBJECT. FLOOR CONDITION, FLOOR GRADE
AND CASTOR CONDITION ALL AFFECT THE FORCE REQUIRED TO MOVE
THE TYING MACHINE. PULL OR PUSH WITH A STEADY FORCE, OR USE
ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL TO AVOID BACK OR OTHER INJURY.
THE TYING MACHINE CAN CAUSE HARM IF

NOT OPERATED CORRECTLY. ALL OPERATORS AND MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL MUST BE TRAINED AND QUALIFIED FOR THEIR POSITIONS.
6.2.1 REMOVING THE TYING MACHINE FROM THE CONVEYORS

(See Figure 6.2.1)
Prior to removing the Tying Machine from the Conveyor, the Conveyor
Chain Pivots must be raised to allow the Tying Machine to be removed. The Chain
Pivots are equipped with gas spring counterbalance for ease of lifting. The Conveyor
chains, nearest the operator end of the Tying Machine, pivot up allowing the
Conveyor chains to clear the Tying Machine Twister Head when the Tying Machine
is inserted or withdrawn from the line.
SENSORS (ECCS, XCCS) PREVENT THE OPERATION OF THE

CONVEYOR WHILE THE CONVEYOR SEGMENTS ARE IN THE RAISED
POSITION.
DO NOT LIFT THE TYING MACHINE BY THE ARCH. IT MAY

COLLAPSE AND FALL.
®
The Tying Machine is removed from the Conveyor by the following steps:
1. Press one of the two “E-STOP” buttons and verify that the Light Stack on the
Tying Machine is blinking.
2. Rotate the red disconnect handle on the front of the Tying

Machine electrical enclosure to the OFF position.
3. Disconnect the power, inter-lock cables and Pneumatic hose

from the Conveyor mounted junction box and connections.
4. Move the Coil Carrier aside and cut the wire, as necessary,
between the Coil Carrier and the Tying Machine.
5. Raise the operator side chain pivots on both the Entry and Exit Conveyors.
These Chain Pivots are equipped with Gas Spring counterbalances for ease of
lifting and to support them in the open position.
6. Lift the gravity latch on the right side of the Tying machine and
pull the machine from the Conveyor section.
THERE IS A POSSIBLE PINCH POINT BETWEEN

THE MOVING COVER SPREADER AND THE FRAME. HOWEVER, IT IS
LOCATED WELL WITHIN THE DESIGNATED DANGER ZONE. STAY OUT OF
THE DANGER ZONE WHEN OPERATING THE MACHINE. FOLLOW ALL
APPROPRIATE LOCK – OUT, TAG – OUT PROCEDURES WHEN PERFORMING
MAINTENANCE.
THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL SPOKES PROVIDE

A SHEARING HAZARD. DURING NORMAL OPERATION, THE SAFETY
SWITCH PREVENTS OPERATION WHEN THE DOORS ARE OPEN. THIS
ELIMINATES ANY DANGER TO THE OPERATOR. HOWEVER, IN
MAINTENANCE MODE THE MACHINE CAN BE OPERATED IN A JOG MODE.
THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL WILL TURN AT A REDUCED SPEED. KEEP
BODY PARTS AWAY AT ALL TIMES. ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED PERSONNEL
MAY OPERATE OR MAINTAIN THE MACHINE AND ONLY ONE PERSON MAY
OPERATE THE CONTROLS AT A TIME.
THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL AND THE VARIOUS

NIP WHEELS PRESENT A PINCH HAZARD. DURING NORMAL OPERATION,
THE SAFETY SWITCH PREVENTS OPERATION WHEN THE DOORS ARE
OPEN. THIS ELIMINATES ANY DANGER TO THE OPERATOR. HOWEVER, IN
MAINTENANCE MODE THE MACHINE CAN BE CYCLED IN A LIMITED
FASHION. THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL WILL TURN AT A REDUCED SPEED.
KEEP BODY PARTS AWAY AT ALL TIMES. ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED
PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE OR MAINTAIN THE MACHINE AND ONLY ONE
PERSON MAY OPERATE THE CONTROLS AT A TIME.
®
BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE TYING
MACHINE CONVEYORS, ENSURE THAT BALES CANNOT BE CONVEYED
INTO THE TYING MACHINE FROM ADJACENT BALE FINISHING LINE
CONVEYORS AND VERIFY THE MACHINE IS SHUT DOWN. BALES
CONVEYED INTO MAINTENANCE AREAS ARE POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS
TO PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT. THE FOLLOWING ADJUSTMENT
PROCEDURES ASSUME THE TYING MACHINE HAS BEEN POWERED DOWN
AND REMOVED FROM THE BALE FINISHING LINE.
6.2.2 FEED STOP SWITCH (FSS) (See Figure 6.2.2).
ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE OR

MAINTAIN THE MACHINE.
The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) is located on the cutter side of the Twister Head and is
actuated by the Stop Block mounting arm. The purpose of this switch is to confirm
the wire has been fed around the track and to initiate the wire tensioning cycle. This
switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by
qualified maintenance personnel.

The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Remove the Twister Head access covers.

2. Disconnect the switch power cable.
3. Loosen the proximity switch jam nut.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the actuator flag until the face of
the switch is flush with the mounting block. The switch must not come into
contact with the feed stop switch lever when it is actuated.
5. Reconnect the switch power cable. If the cable does not route properly, turn the
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not exceed one-
half (1/2) turn on the switch
6. Tighten the proximity switch jam nut.
®
6.2.3 TWISTER NOT HOME SWITCH (TWNHS) (See Figure 6.2.3)

The Twister Not Home Switch (TWNHS) is located on the Twister Head side plate on
the side opposite the Feed and Tension unit. The Twister Not Home Switch
establishes the home position of the Twister Head at start-up and periodically resets
the Twister Head encoder information as the Tying Machine operates. This switch
must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by qualified
maintenance personnel.

The Home Position Switch is adjusted by the following steps:

3. Loosen the proximity switch jam nuts.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the ejector cam until there is a
1.5mm (.060”) gap between the face of the switch and the cam.
6. Tighten the proximity switch jam nuts.
6.2.4 TWISTER CLOSED SWITCH (TCS) (See Figure 6.2.3)

The Twister Head Open switch (TCS) is located on the Twister Head side plate on the
side opposite the Feed and Tension unit. The Twister Closed Switch senses whether
or not the Twister Head Cover Plate is completely closed in the home position. This
switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by
qualified maintenance personnel.
®
The Twister Closed Switch is adjusted by the following steps:

3. Loosen the proximity switch jam nuts.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the proximity switch target until
there is a 1.5mm (.060”) gap between the face of the switch and the target.
6.2.5 ACCUMULATOR HOME SWITCH (ACHS) (See Figure 5.1A)

The Accumulator Home Switch (ACHS) is located on the motor side of the Feed and
Tension enclosure. The Accumulator Home Switch senses when the Accumulator
Disc is in the home position. This switch must be adjusted by an Oval International®
Service Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.

The Accumulator Switch is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and locate the ACHS on the feed and
tension back plate.
3. Loosen the switch mount clamp screw.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in towards the Accumulator Wheel mounted
Home Position Target until there is a 1.5mm (0.060”) gap between the face of
the switch and the Home Position Target.
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not to exceed
one-half turn.
6. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw
®
6.2.6 WIRE EJECT DOOR SWITCH (WEDS) (See Figure 5.1A)

The Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) is located in the Feed and Tension Enclosure.
This switch serves as a safety interlock to ensure the Wire Eject Door is closed. This
switch normally will not require adjustment unless it has been replaced. When
adjustment is required, it must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service
Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.

The Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and locate the WEDS on the Wire Eject
Door mounting collar.
2. Remove the cover over the switch.
3. Disconnect the switch cable.
4. Loosen the proximity switch jam nut.
5. Gently screw the proximity switch towards the proximity target located on the
wire eject door until there is 1mm (.040”) to 2mm (.080”) gap between the face
of the switch and the magnet. Make sure that the witness mark on the switch
lines up with the witness mark on the magnet.
6. Reconnect the switch power cable.
6.2.7 NIP WHEEL PULSE SWITCHES (NWP1S, NWP2S) (See Figure 5.1A)

The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches (NWP1S, NWP2S) are located on the motor side of
the Feed and Tension enclosure. The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches detect the stall of the
Tension Nip Wheel during the tension cycle. This indicates the predetermined wire
tension has been reached and the twist cycle can begin. This switch must be adjusted
by an Oval International® Service Representative or by qualified maintenance
personnel.
®
The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches are adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and firmly seat the top feed wheel against
the snap rings towards the feed and tension back plate.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in towards the nip wheel hub until there is a
1mm (0.040”) gap between the face of the switch and the nip wheel hub.
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not to exceed
one-half turn.
6. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw
6.2.8 FEED AND TENSION NIP WHEEL FORCE (See Figure 6.2.8)

The Feed and Tension Nip Wheels are each spring loaded providing the tractive force
for feeding and tensioning the wire. These adjustments should be carried out only
when needed to prevent the wheels from slipping on the wire or when Nip Wheels are
replaced. It is important to provide enough nip force to feed and tension the wire
without slipping; however, excessive pinch force shortens bearing life and deforms
the wire which can lead to feeding and wire strength issues.

The Nip Wheel force is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Shut down the Tying Machines by pressing one of the E-stop buttons.
2. Open the feed and tension unit doors on both sides to access the Feed and Tension
Nip Wheel eccentric mounting hub.
3. On the Tension Nip Wheel (upper wheel), loosen the locking nut, at the end of the
spring shaft, until the spring has clearance between the locking nut and the tension
arm.
4. Slowly tighten the locking nut to remove all clearance; then turn the locking nut 5
full turns to compress the spring.
®
5. Next, check gap between the Tension Nip Wheel and the Drive Wheel; this gap
should be 0.3mm (.012”)
6. If adjustment is necessary, loosen the jam nut securing the Tension Wheel stop nut
and adjust the nut to obtain the 0.3mm (.012”) gap; tighten the jam nut securely.
7. On the Feed Nip Wheel (lower wheel), loosen the locking nut, at the end of the
spring shaft, until the spring has clearance between the locking nut and the tension
arm.
8. Slowly tighten the locking nut to remove all clearance; then turn the locking nut 5
full turns to compress the spring.
9. Load wire in the machine and test the operation; increase or decrease the spring
nip force by adjusting the lock nuts on the Tension or Feed Nip Wheels as needed.
6.2.9 MOTOR LOCATIONS (See Figure 6.2.9 )
DO NOT OPERATE THE E9700 TYING MACHINE WITHOUT

ALL OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL BOX COVERS IN PLACE. FOLLOW ALL
MAINTENANCE.
The motors used on the E9700 Tying Machine typically require no adjustments or
maintenance other than periodic gearbox servicing. Figure 6.2.9 shows the motor
location for general orientation purposes
6.2.10 WIRE LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT (See Figure 6.2.10)
The Wire Lubricator is mounted to the Entry Guide Post on the Feed Wheel Side
of the Feed and Tension Enclosure. USE ONLY oil that meets the specification in
Section 7.4 as the Lubricant in the Wire Lubricator. The Wire Lubricator normally
will not require adjustment unless it has been replaced.


The Wire Lubricator is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the Feed and Tension Unit Doors and locate the Lubricator on the Entry
Guide Post.
®
2. Remove the plug located in the top of the Lubricator, fill it with CRC 2-26 and
replace the plug.
3. Turn the oil flow control knob clockwise until it just seats. Open the oil flow
control by turning the knob counter clockwise ½ turn.
4. Adjust the Air Flow control located on the inlet port of the Lubricator first by
turning the knob clockwise until it just seats. Open the airflow control by turning
the knob 3 full turns.
NOTE: Proper airflow is dependent on the pressure and flow of the incoming air
supply. Adjust the airflow and the lubricator flow to achieve adequate lubrication of
the wire. DO NOT over lubricate the wire, excessive lubrication of the wire will
cause the Feed Wheel to slip.
6.2.11 Twister Pinion Timing (See Figure 6.2.11A, B, C).
The Twister Pinion must be installed and timed correctly in order for the knot to be
formed correctly. The Twister Pinion must be installed when the Twister is in the
home position. The twister is in the home position when the Twister Not Home
Switch (TWNHS) is off. From the HMI machine operation screen the “Home”
indicator box should be illuminated.
The Twister Pinion is timed by the following steps:
1. Remove all wire from the machine.

2. With the machine running, manually home the twister by pressing the “Twister
Closed” button on the HMI.
3. Verify that the twister is in the home position by looking at the Twister Not Home
Switch (TWNHS). The switch should indicate that the switch is off.
4. Press the E Stop Button and shut the off power to the machine.
5. Remove the Moving Cover and the Fixed Cover from the Twister Head.
Disconnect the Feed Stop Switch cable from the Feed Stop Switch.
6. Disconnect the Twister Pinion Oil tubing from the Twister Pinion bearings.
7. Disconnect the Air line from the bottom of the Gripper Body.
8. Remove the Right Hand Twister Bearing (The bearing closest to the Gripper).
9. Slide the Twister Pinion sideways out of the Left Hand Twister Pinion Bearing
which also disengages the Twister Pinion gear from the two Idler Gears.
10. Rotate the Twister Pinion so the slot is pointed straight up.
11. Reinstall the Twister Pinion by sliding it to the left into the idler gears and the Left
Hand Twister Bearing. Ensure that the slot of the Twister Pinion is pointed
straight up and is centered in the slot of the Twister Pinion Bearings.
12. Reinstall the Right Hand Twister Pinion Bearing.
13. Apply a few drops of oil to the Twister Pinion Bearing Journals.
14. Connect the Twister Pinion oil tubing to the Twister Pinion Bearings.
15. Connect the Air Line to the Gripper Body.
16. Install the Fixed Cover
17. Install the Moving Cover.
18. Connect the Feed Stop Switch Cable.
19. Start the machine.
20. From the HMI press the Twister “Open” button.
®
21. Check the position of the Twister Pinion Slot. It should be pointing straight up
and centered between the slots of the Twister Pinion Bearings.
BECAUSE THE TYING MACHINE IS MOUNTED ON CASTORS,

THERE IS A ROLLING PINCH-POINT BETWEEN THE CASTOR WHEELS AND
THE FLOOR. BE SURE TO AVOID THE CASTORS AND ALWAYS WEAR FOOT
PROTECTION WHEN MOVING THE TYING MACHINE.
WHILE DESIGNED TO BE MOVABLE, THE TYING MACHINE IS

STILL A LARGE AND MASSIVE OBJECT,. FLOOR CONDITION, FLOOR GRADE
AND CASTOR CONDITION ALL AFFECT THE FORCE REQUIRED TO MOVE
THE TYING MACHINE. DO NOT JERK ON THE MACHINE TO START IT
MOVING, OR MUSCLE STRAIN MAY OCCUR. INSTEAD PULL OR PUSH WITH
A STEADY FORCE, OR USE SEVERAL PEOPLE TO MOVE IT IF NECESSARY.

6.2.12 AIR PRESSURE SUFFICIENT SWITCH (APSS) (See Figure 6.2.12)
The Air Pressure Sufficient Switch (APSS) is located on the motor side of the Feed
and Tension Unit Enclosure adjacent to the Pneumatics Manifold. This switch senses
if there is sufficient instrument air pressure to run the Control Cabinet Air Cooler. In
the event that the instrument air pressure is low or the hose is not connected to the air
supply the machine will not run. This switch must be adjusted by an Oval
International® Service Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.

The Air Pressure Sufficient Switch (APSS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Remove the Tying Machine from the line and move it to the Maintenance Station.
2. Connect the Tying Machine to the Power, Communication, and Air Supply at the
Maintenance Station.
3. Adjust the Air Regulator at the Maintenance Station to 5.5 Bars (80 PSI). Note:
The minimum air pressure that is required to operate the machine is 5.5 Bars
(80 PSI). The Control Cabinet Cooler will not operate effectively at lower
pressures. Damage to the Tying Machine could result if the air pressure is
not sufficient.
®
4. Open the motor side of the Feed and Tension Unit Enclosure and locate the
pressure switch.
5. Remove the protective cover from the top of the pressure switch.
6. Loosen the lock nut on the pressure switch adjusting screw.
7. Adjust the pressure switch adjusting screw until the light on the connector just
comes on. This is the minimum amount of air pressure that is required to operate
the Control Cabinet Cooler.
8. Tighten the lock nut on the pressure switch adjusting screw.
9. Replace the protective cover.
6.2.13 AUTOMATIC TWISTER PINION OIL PUMP
The E9700 Tying Machine and Tying Unit are supplied with an automatic twister
pinion oil pump. The pump is operated by a valve that is controlled by the by the
PLC. The oil pump is used to automatically oil the twister pinion journal bearings.
Oval International® recommends using an ISO 32 grade oil. A list of recommended
oils can be found in section 7.4 of this manual.
Priming the Twister Pinion Oil Pump:
1. Fill the pump with suitable oil ISO 32 grade oil. ( A list of recommended oils is
located in section 7.4 of this manual)
2. Connect the tying machine to the air supply.
3. Disconnect the oil line from pump at the tee connection located at the twister. (See
Figure ???)
4. On the pneumatic manifold locate the valve that controls the oil pump. It should
be the 2nd valve from the left hand side of the manifold.
5. Locate the manual override button on the valve located on the top of the valve.
6. Press and release the manual override button. Repeat the process until oil starts to
come out of the tubing at the tee connection.
7. Reconnect the tubing at the tee connection.
8. From the touch screen open the twister head.
9. Again press and release the manual override button on the valve until oil appears
at both the twister pinion bearing journals. When oil appears at the bearing
journals the system has been primed and is ready for operation.
6.2.14 TWISTER PINION OIL PUMP DELIVERY ADJUSTMENT
In normal operation the Automatic Twister Pinion Oil pump should cycle once every
1000 wires tied. The pump stroke adjustment is preset at the factory. The stroke
adjustment screw is located on top of the pump housing. The top of the adjusting
screw should be level with the 2cc mark located on the pump mounting bracket. To
adjust the stroke delivery screw use the following procedure.
1. Locate the pump stroke adjustment screw.

2. Loosen the lock nut.
®
3. Turn the adjustment screw until the top of the screw is in line with the 2cc witness
mark located on the pump mounting bracket.
4. Tighten the locking nut.
6.3 CONVEYOR ADJUSTMENTS

6.3.1 BALE ENTRY SENSOR (BES) (See Figure 5.1B)
The Bale Entry Sensor (BES) is located on the Entry Conveyor. (See figure 6.11). A
bale entering the Tying Machine will actuate the Bale Entry Sensor sending a signal
to the bale finishing line control system. The bale will continue into the Tying
Machine until the bale finishing control system de-energizes the Conveyor
gearmotors. The bale finishing line control system then initiates the wire tying cycle
and a wire is applied as previously described (see section 4.2.). This switch must be
adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by qualified
maintenance personnel.

The Bale Entry Sensor is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Disconnect the Bale Sensing Switch power cable.

3. Lay a straight edge across the Conveyor chains and the switch actuator.
4. Bring the switch actuator even with the top of the Conveyor chains.
5. Gently screw the proximity switch in towards the actuator flag until there is a
1.5mm (0.060”) gap between the face of the switch and the flag.
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct – not to exceed one-
half turn.
7. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw.

®
6.3.2 TENSIONING AND ALIGNING ENTRY AND EXIT CONVEYORS
(See Figure 6.3.2)
The E9700 Tying Machine is supplied with Entry and Exit Chain Conveyors (see
figure 6.12). These Conveyors are installed as part of the bale finishing line. These
chains must be periodically re-aligned and tensioned to convey the bales through the
Tying Machine. The chains are supported by independent support frames mounted by
four bolts and adjusted with individual jacking screws. Tensioning and aligning the
Conveyor chains is to be performed by an Oval International® Service Representative
or by a trained and qualified maintenance personnel.

MACHINE CONVEYORS, ENSURE THAT BALES CANNOT BE CONVEYED
INTO THE TYING MACHINE FROM ADJACENT BALE FINISHING LINE
CONVEYORS AND VERIFY THE MACHINE IS SHUT DOWN. BALES
CONVEYED INTO MAINTENANCE AREAS ARE POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS
TO PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT.
REMAIN CLEAR OF CHAINS TENSIONING AND ALIGNING

OPERATIONS. BODY PARTS COULD BE TRAPPED BETWEEN THE
STATIONARY COMPONENTS.
The Conveyor chains are driven by two line shaft mounted gearmotors. The
Conveyor Chain tension is adjusted individually by moving the individual chain
support frames. Each support frame is secured with four mounting bolts and adjusted
with an individual jacking-screw. The Conveyor chains do not require alignment
under normal operating conditions. The chain can come out of alignment only if the
sprockets slip on their shafts or if a bearing fails.

The Conveyor Chains are adjusted by the following steps:
1. Loosen the jack screw jam nuts.

2. Loosen the appropriate support frame mounting bolts.
3. Rotate the jack screws to tension the chain as needed. (Do not over tension the
chains as damage to the Conveyor may occur.)
4. Tighten the appropriate support frame mounting bolts.
5. Tighten the jacking screw jam nuts.
®
6.3.3 CONVEYOR CLOSED SWITCHES (ECCS1, XCCS1)
The Conveyor Closed Switches (ECCS1, XCCS1) are located on the side of the
Conveyor Chain Pivots. These switches indicate whether or not the Conveyor Chain
Pivots are in the closed position. If the Conveyor Chain Pivots are open, the Tying
Machine and conveyors will not run. The Conveyor Closed Switches are adjustable
by the following steps:

1. Ensure the Tying Machine is fully docked against the Conveyor stop and the
Conveyor Chain Pivots are in the closed position.
2. Disconnect the switch power cable on the proximity switch to be adjusted.
4. Carefully screw the proximity switch in toward the Conveyor Closed Proximity
Target until there is a 6mm (0.23”) gap between the switch face and the target.
5. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw.

6.3.4 INSTALLING THE TYING MACHINE INTO THE CONVEYORS (See

Figure 6.3.4)
After the Tying Machine and Conveyor adjustments have been made, the following
procedure is used to re-install the machine into the Conveyors. Prior to installing the
Tying Machine into the Conveyors, the Entry and Exit Conveyor Chains, (nearest the
Tying Machine entry end), must be raised to allow the Tying Machine to enter the
Conveyor gap. The Chain Conveyors nearest the machine entry side of the Tying
Machines pivot up allowing the chains to clear the Tying Machine Twister Head
assembly when the machine is inserted into the line.

®
The Tying Machine is installed into the Conveyors by the following steps:
1. Disconnect power to the Conveyors if power has been restored

during other adjustment procedures.
2. Raise the entry and exit chain pivots, on the Tying Machine entry
side. Each chain pivot is equipped with a gas spring counterbalance for ease of
lifting.
3. Roll the Tying Machine into the Conveyors ensuring the lead
caster is positioned between the floor mounted guide tubes. Continue rolling the
Tying Machine into the Conveyor gap until the gravity latch engages.
4. Lower the Chain Pivots on both the Entry and Exit Conveyors.
NOTE: The Conveyor Chain Pivots are monitored by the Conveyor Closed
Sensors, which will prevent the Conveyors from running until the Conveyor
chains are lowered into position.
5. Place the Coil Carrier in position and lock it to the floor.
6. Connect the power, inter-lock cables and pneumatic hose

from the Tying Machine to the receptacles mounted on the right hand Conveyor
frame and verify they do not interfere with the adjacent equipment or the bale
path.
6.3.5 MOTOR LOCATIONS (See Figure 6.3.6 )
DO NOT OPERATE THE E9700 TYING MACHINE WITHOUT

ALL OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL BOX COVERS IN PLACE. FOLLOW ALL
MAINTENANCE.
The motors used on the E9700 Tying Machine Conveyor typically require no
adjustments or maintenance other than periodic gearbox servicing. Figure 6.3.6
shows the motor location for general orientation purposes.
6.4 WIRE STRAIGHTENER ADJUSTMENT

®
The Wire Straightener is located on the Coil Carrier. The Wire Straightener should only
require adjustment periodically.
The Wire Straightener is adjusted by the following steps:
1. With a coil of wire installed on the Coil Carrier, thread the Payoff Pulleys as described in
Section 4.3
2. Open wire enclosure door.
3. Loosen the jam nut located and the roller mounting screw on the center roller of the Wire
Straightener.
4. Adjust the jack screw until the roll just touches the wire. Apply 2 complete turns to the
jack screw.
5. Tighten the jack screw nut and the roller mounting screw.
6. By hand, pull 2 or 3 meters of wire from the coil carrier.
7. Cut the wire were it exits the Wire Straightener and lay the cut wire on the floor.
8. Measure the curvature in the wire the wire should be straight within 10cm per 1 Meter of
length.
9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 to achieve the desired results.
10. Close wire enclosure door.
Note: DO NOT apply excessive force to the wire from the Wire Straightener, as the wire can
be reformed into a coil by the Wire Straightener. In addition excessive force from the Wire
Straightener will create drag in the Wire Payoff and cause the Tying Machine to labor.
®
TYING
MACHINE
CONVEYOR
CHAIN
PIVOTS
GRAVITY
LATCH
FIGURE 6.2.1
REMOVING THE TYING MACHINE
FROM THE CONVEYORS
®
ADJUST SWITCH FLUSH
WITH MOUNTING BAR
JAM NUT
MOUNTING BAR
FSS
TWISTER HEAD
FIGURE 6.2.2
FSS ADJUSTMENT
®
TCS
TARGET
JAM NUT
TCS
JAM NUT
TWNHS
1.5MM (0.060”)
(TYPICAL FOR
BOTH SENSORS)
TWISTER HEAD
TWNHS TARGET
(EJECTOR CAM)
FIGURE 6.2.3
TCS AND TWNHS ADJUSTMENT
®
FIGURE 6.2.8
FEED AND TENSION NIP WHEEL FORCE ADJUSTMENT
®
FIGURE 6.2.9
TYING MACHINE MOTOR LOCATIONS
®
FIGURE 6.2.10
WIRE LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT
®
FIGURE 6.2.11A
TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
®
FIXED TWISTER
COVER
MOVING TWISTER
COVER
FIGURE 6.2.11B
®
TWISTER PINION SLOT
STRAIGHT UP WHEN
TWISTER HEAD IS OPEN
FIGURE 6.2.11C
®
FIGURE 6.2.12
AIR PRESSURE SUFFICIENT SWITCH
®
MOUNTING SCREWS
JACKING SCREW
JAM NUT
FIGURE 6.3.2
CONVEYOR CHAIN ADJUSTMENT
®
TYING MACHINE
CHAIN PIVOTS
CONVEYORS
FIGURE 6.3.4
INSTALLING THE TYING MACHINE
INTO THE CONVEYORS
®
XCM
ECM
FIGURE 6.3.6
CONVEYOR MOTORS
®
FIGURE 6.4
WIRE STRAIGHTENER
®
7.0 MAINTENANCE
7.1. GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
The E9700 Tying Machine has been designed to provide safe, efficient and trouble-free
service for many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully
considered to ensure operator safety, ease of operation, and machine longevity. Our
engineering and manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure consistently high quality.
As with any powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of damage or injury if
appropriate precautions are not taken. The safety section and safety precautions in other
related sections of this manual must be read and understood prior to installation, operation,
maintenance, or removal of the E9700 Tying Machine. The safety section details inherent
risks and general safety considerations associated with the operation and maintenance of the
Tying Machine. Failure to follow the precautions could result in personal injury or
equipment damage. All operations and maintenance personnel must be trained by Oval
International® in the proper handling, operation, and maintenance of the Tying Machine.
Oval International® will provide a certificate of completion to the maintenance personnel,
who attended the training provided by Oval International®. This certificate will be kept on
file at Oval International®.
7.1.1. SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols that correspond with warning symbols displayed in the vicinity of
the Tying Machine are used throughout this manual. These indicate situations that
require extra attention during Tying Machine installation, operation, maintenance, or
de-installation. Observe the associated precautions carefully as they indicate
potentially hazardous situations.
7.1.2. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
In order to protect personnel from the generally noisy environment around the Tying
Machine, adequate hearing protection must be worn. The Tying Machine uses steel
wire to secure bales of pulp. Because sharp wire ends present a hazard, adequate eye
protection must be worn at all times when working on or near the Tying Machine.

MACHINE, ENSURE THAT NO BALES CAN BE CONVEYED INTO THE TYING
MACHINE FROM ADJACENT BALE FINISHING EQUIPMENT AND VERIFY
THAT THE TYING MACHINE IS SHUT DOWN. WHILE THE TYING MACHINE
IS IN THE AUTOMATIC MODE, BALES ENTERING THE MACHINE PRESENT A
POTENTIAL HAZARD FOR PERSONNEL WORKING AROUND THE MACHINE.
7.2. “LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURE.
The Tying Machine operation is fully automated. Any inattention while close to the Tying
Machine could result in personal injury or equipment damage. The Tying Machine and
®
Conveyors may start or cycle without warning ! Precautions must also be taken to prevent
bales from being automatically conveyed into the Tying Machine when it is out of service.
Shutting down the Tying Machine does not necessarily prevent other equipment in the bale
finishing line from operating! For all maintenance activities not requiring the Tying Machine
to be in operation, a "lock out, tag out" procedure applies. All personnel working on or
around the Tying Machine during installation must be qualified for their position. All local
laws and Mill mandated “lock out, tag out” requirements that meet or exceed this procedure
must be strictly adhered too.
“Lock out, tag out” procedure:
1. Ensure no bale can be conveyed into the Tying Machine.

2. Press the red e-stop button on the operator panel.
3. Turn the Main Power Disconnect to “OFF”.
4. Lock the main switch in the “OFF” position.
5. Tag the main panel with a sign "MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES IN PROGRESS"
To re-establish the normal Tying Machine operation, reverse the “lock out, tag out”
procedure, and follow the instructions as shown in section 4.0 OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS.
BEFORE WORKING AROUND OR STARTING THE

TYING MACHINE, ENSURE NO BALES CAN BE CONVEYED INTO THE TYING
MACHINE FROM UPSTREAM OR DOWNSTREAM EQUIPMENT. ENSURE
THE TYING MACHINE IS SHUT DOWN AND SECURED IN ITS OFF POSITION.
FLOW OF PRODUCT INTO THE TYING MACHINE AND THE AUTOMATIC
WIRE TYING CYCLE PRESENT A HAZARD FOR PERSONNEL WORKING ON
OR AROUND THE TYING MACHINE.
USE LIFTING EQUIPMENT WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE

ON HEAVY COMPONENTS.
7.3 PNEUMATIC SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when operating or maintaining the Tying
Machine.

3. Inspect all connections, hoses and fittings on a regular basis.
4. Periodically check Tying Machine operation.
®
ENSURE THAT ALL COMPONENTS ARE CORRECTLY ASSEMBLED
BEFORE OPERATING THE TYING MACHINE AT SYSTEM PRESSURE.
7.4. LUBRICANTS FOR THE TYING MACHINE
The following products are suitable lubricating oils for maintenance of the Tying Machine.
Manufacture Lubricating Oils
ISO 32 (SAE 10W) ISO 68 (SAE 20) ISO 100 (SAE 30)
BP Energol HLP 32 Energol HLP 68 Energol HLP 100
Chevron Tegra Fluid 32 Tegra Fluid 68 Tegra Fluid 100
Exxon Tersesstic SHP 32 Tersesstic SHP 68 Tersesstic SHP 100
Shell Omala RL 32 Omala RL 68 Omala RL 100
7.4.1 LUBRICANTS FOR THE WIRE OILER
For the best results Oval International® recommends lubricating the wire using, CRC
Industries Inc. Part Number: 2-26® Multi-Purpose Precision Lubricant. However
other oils will work.
If CRC 2-26 is not available in your area Oval International®, recommends using a
Petroleum Distillate Oil (White Petroleum Distillate) with a viscosity equal to or less
than 22 Centistokes @ 40°C. It is not recommended to use an oil that contains
additives or enhancers.
Other Oils that have been used successfully are:
WD-40 Company, Part Number: WD-40®

LPS Laboratories, Part Number: LPS-1 Greaseless Lubricant
WD-40 Company, Part Number: 3-IN-ONE Multi-Purpose Oil
White Petroleum Distillate Oil (Baby Oil)
7.4.2 LUBRICANTS FOR THE AUTOMATIC TWISTER OIL PUMP
For best results Oval International® recommends an ISO 32 weight (SAE 10W) oil in
the oil pump reservoir. A list of recommended lubricants is located in section 7.4
Lubricants for the Tying Machine.
7.4.3 LUBRICANTS FOR GEARMOTORS
Oval International® recommends using oils and lubricants per the requirements of
SEW Eurodrive for the specific application.
®
7.5 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED EACH 8 HOUR SHIFT
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY SAFETY WARNING
Feed and Tension Unit Clean the feed and tension unit by opening the FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
feed and tension unit door and blowing THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
compressed air around the feed rolls and guides PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
to clear the feed and tension unit of all debris.
Wipe down the machine to remove any oil
deposits.
Twister head Blow all debris from the Twister Head guides and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
adjacent parts. Special attention should be given THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
to the stop switch and gripper area. PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
General Housekeeping Clean the Tying Machine of all debris. REMAIN CLEAR OF THE TYING
MACHINE WHEN IT IS OPERATING. THE
TYING MACHINE OPERATES
AUTOMATICALLY. FLOW OF PRODUCT
INTO THE TYING MACHINE AND THE
AUTOMATIC WIRE TYING CYCLE
PRESENT A HAZARD FOR PERSONNEL
WORKING ON OR AROUND THE TYING
MACHINE.
Oil Level in Wire Lubricator Check the oil level in the wire lubricator by
opening the Feed and Tension Unit door. Check
the oil level in the mist lubricator bowl.
Replenish with the recommended oil listed in
Section 7.4.1.
®
7.6 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED WEEKLY
Track screws Clean the track screws with compressed air and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
lubricate with a few drops of SAE No. 20 oil. THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
Apply the oil to the track screw on the shoulder PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
that supports the track.
Feed and tension unit Clean the feed and tension unit by opening the FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
feed and tension unit door and blowing THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
compressed air around the feed rolls and guides PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
to clear the feed and tension unit of all debris.
Twister head Blow all debris from the Twister Head guides and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
adjacent parts with compressed air. Special THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
attention should be given to the stop switch and PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
gripper area.
Feed stop switch (FSS) Check the feed stop switch and re-adjust if BE CAREFUL OF PINCH POINTS WHEN
necessary as described in section. OPENING AND CLOSING THE
CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS.
Check for loose screws. Check the following places for screws that have BE CAREFUL OF PINCH POINTS WHEN
loosened due to vibration or improper tightening. OPENING AND CLOSING THE
1. Twister Head CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS.
2. Feed and Tension Unit
®
7.7 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED MONTHLY
Automatic Lubrication System Check the oil level in the Automatic Lubrication SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
System reservoir and refill as required. HAZARD. THE OIL MAY BE HOT.
ALLOW THE OIL TO COOL BEFORE
SERVICING.
7.8 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED YEARLY

Conveyor Gearmotors Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
motor bearings as described in the manufactures HAZARD. THE OIL MAY BE HOT.
data sheets that are appended to this manual. ALLOW THE OIL TO COOL BEFORE
SERVICING.
Feed and Tension Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
SERVICING.
Accumulator Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
SERVICING.
Twister Head Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
SERVICING.
®
7.9 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED PERIODICALLY
1. Adjust Conveyor Chains Adjust the entry and exit chains as needed to BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE
maintain tension and alignment. Replace worn TYING MACHINE CONVEYORS, ENSURE
chains as required. THAT NO BALES CAN BE CONVEYED
INTO THE TYING MACHINE FROM
ADJACENT BALE FINISHING LINE
EQUIPMENT. ALSO VERIFY THE TYING
MACHINE IS SHUT DOWN
ENSURE THAT THE "LOCK OUT, TAG

OUT" PROCEDURES ARE USED, DURING
ANY WORK DONE TO THE ENTRY AND
EXIT CONVEYORS ON THE TYING
MACHINE
BE AWARE OF PINCH POINTS REMAIN

CLEAR OF THEM.
Machine wiring. Replace or repair any wiring that has become DAMAGED OR WORN ELECTRICAL
frayed, damaged or worn. WIRING CAN LEAD TO ELECTRIC
SHOCK.
®
8.0 TROUBLE SHOOTING
8.1. INTRODUCTION
Before trouble shooting, read chapters "SAFETY PRECAUTIONS" and

"MAINTENANCE". Adjustments made to the Tying Machine settings must be
performed by trained and by qualified personnel. Ensure the area is clear before
restarting the Tying Machine.
ENSURE THAT THE "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT" PROCEDURES

ARE USED, DURING ANY WORK DONE TO THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT OF
THE TYING MACHINE.
To track Tying Machine malfunctions, a maintenance log should be kept. The log
should list the following information:
1. The date of problem occurrence.

2. A description of the encountered problem.
3. Pertinent machine settings at the time the problem occurred or any settings that seem to
manifest a problem.
4. Any corrective actions taken.
If a pattern of problems becomes evident, please inform Oval International® and provide
recorded log information.
The following Trouble Shooting Chart is provided to assist maintenance personnel in the
identification and correction of problems that may occur with the E9700 Tying Machine. If
problems persist or cannot be resolved, contact the Oval International® Service Department
for assistance.
®
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE(S) PROBLEM SITUATION SOLUTION
8.2 FAILS TO GRIP Wire or debris has lodged between If a piece of wire or debris becomes lodged Shut the Tying Machine off and
WIRE the gripper and the cover plate. between the gripper and the wire guide the clear the gripper area of the debris.
gripper will not be able to grip the wire and
the wire will tension back into the
accumulator.
Worn or broken gripper. If the gripper is worn or broken it may not Rotate the gripper to another one of
grip the wire securely and the wire will the four gripping surfaces or replace
tension back into the accumulator. the gripper as needed.
8.3 FAILS TO Track springs excessively tight With excessively tightened track springs, Adjust the track spring adjusting
TENSION WIRE the wire cannot pull out of the track to nuts to allow the track to open
tighten around the bale. properly.
The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches If the Nip Wheel Pulse Switches (NWP1S, Adjust the Nip Wheel Pulse
(NWP1S, NWP2S) are not NWP2S) are out of adjustment, the wire Switches (NWP1S, NWP2S)
properly adjusted or have will be knotted with the wire not fully
malfunctioned tensioned around the bale.
8.4 FAILS TO Wire or debris lodged in the If a piece of wire or debris becomes lodged Shut down the Tying Machine and
TWIST OR DOES NOT twister pinion or idler gear teeth. in the twister pinion or idler gears, the clear the wire or debris from the
COMPLETE TWIST twister pinion will jam, failing to complete twister head.
the twist cycle.
®
Lack of lubricant on the twister Lack of lubricant on the twister pinion Ensure the automatic lubrication
pinion journals. journals will cause galling between the system has oil and is functioning
twister pinion and the twister pinion properly.
journals preventing rotation.
Broken or worn twister pinion Extremely worn or broken journals can Replace broken or worn journals.
journals prevent proper twisting of the wire.
8.5 FAILS TO CUT Worn or broken cutter insert. A worn or broken cutter insert will cause Rotate the cutter insert to another of
WIRE the wire to hook when the wire is cut or will the eight cutting surfaces or replace
not cut the wire at all. it as needed.
Worn or broken left hand guide. A worn or broken left hand guide will cause Replace the left hand guide .
the wire to hook when the wire is cut or will
not cut the wire at all.
8.6 FAILS TO Worn or broken cutter. A worn or broken cutter leaves a bur on the Rotate the cutter insert to another of
FEED WIRE wire end possibly causing the wire to jam in the eight cutting surfaces or replace
the twister or fail to fully feed around the it as needed
track.
Twister Closed Switch (TWCS) is It the Twister Head is not fully closed, the Adjust or replace the TWCS as
out of adjustment or has feed sequence will not begin. required.
malfunctioned.
®
8.7 WIRE The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) has If the feed stop switch has failed or is out of Check the Feed Stop Switch (FSS)
BUCKLES OUT OF failed or is out of adjustment. adjustment, the wire will continue to feed at for proper actuation. Replace
THE TRACK a slow rate causing the wire to buckle out of broken or worn parts and re-adjust
the track. the feed stop switch (FSS).
Loose Track springs. If the locknuts holding the track springs are Re-adjust the Track Springs and
too loose, the spring will not have sufficient replace worn locknuts as required.
force to hold the track closed when the wire
is fed around the track. This will allow the
wire to buckle and/or escape from the track.
The locknuts holding the track spring may
be worn.
Broken track screws. Broken track screws allow the track to Replace and adjust broken track
freely open. The track cannot contain the screws, springs, and nuts, as needed.
wire as it is fed around the track.
8.8 FAILS TO The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) If the Feed Stop Switch (FSS) is out of Adjust the Feed Stop Switch (FSS).
COMPLETE FEED remains actuated. adjustment, the wire will not feed.
Twister Pinion is not timed If the Twister Pinion is not installed with Time the Twister Pinion as
correctly. the slot up when the twister is in the home described in Section 6.2 “Twister
position the wire may jam when feeding. Pinion Timing”.
8.9 BALE DOES Tying Machine not in automatic If the Tying Machine is not in automatic Set the Tying Machine mode to
NOT STOP mode. mode, the bale will be conveyed through the automatic.
Tying Machine without stopping.
®
Tying signal is not received If the tying signal is not received then the The bale finishing line control
properly from the bale finishing bale will continue without tying. system must be debugged by
line control system. qualified personnel
8.10 WIRE BREAKS Defective gripper. A defective Gripper can damage the wire Rotate the gripper to another one of
IN THE KNOT creating a weak spot. Twisting will cause the four gripping surfaces or replace
the wire to break. the gripper as needed.
Worn or defective twister pinion. A worn or defective twister pinion may Replace the twister pinion and
chafe the wire. Subsequent twisting will twister pinion journals as required.
break the wire.
Worn or defective right hand or Worn or defective right hand or left hand Replace the worn or defective
left hand guides. guides could chafe the wire. Subsequent guides.
twisting will break the wire.
Twister Pinion is not timed If the Twister Pinion is not installed Time the Twister Pinion as
correctly. correctly the wire may be caught between described in Section 6.2 “Twister
the Twister Pinion and the moving cover or Pinion Timing”.
the fixed cover.
8.11 WIRE Tying signal is not received If the tying signal is not received at the The bale finishing line control
IMPROPERLY properly from the bale finishing proper time, the bale will be tied in an system must be debugged by
LOCATED line control system. incorrect location. qualified personnel.
®
9.0 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
9.1. WIRE TENSILE TESTING MACHINE
An optional wire testing machine is used to test the strength of the knot and the strength of
the wire for Quality Assurance and Quality Control. For operation and maintenance of this
machine, see the testing machine operating manual that is located in Section 13.0.
“MANUFACTURERS DATA SHEETS”.
®
10.0 E9700 TYING MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
CONVEYORS: Chain top - powered forward/reverse, 27 meters/minute (90

feet/minute) standard.
WIRE REQUIRED: Standard Tying Machine: Ovalmatic® Quality Tying Wire:

2.3 mm (.091 in., 13 Gauge) diameter.
ELECTRICAL SERVICE: 208 to 575VAC, 3PH, 50/60Hz, 4KVA supply

(excluding conveyor power requirements)
ELECTRICAL MOTORS: Feed/Tension – 2.2kW (3hp) SEW gearmotor
Accumulator – 0.75kW (1Hp) SEW gearmotor
Twister head – 1.5kW (2hp) SEW gearmotor
Conveyor drive - Two 1.5kW (2HP), 208 to 575VAC,

3 PH, 50/60 HZ, reversible SEW gearmotors.
All motors are supplied with the equipment.
Variable frequency conveyor drives are customer supplied.
ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKS: Siemens Profibus is standard. Allen Bradley ControlNet or

discrete I/O interlocks are optional.
ELECTRICAL CONTROL: Siemens S7 series PLC with B&R Power Panel 100 HMI is
standard. Allen Bradley ControlLogix PLC with
PanelView Plus touchscreen is optional. Control voltage is
24VDC. Tying Machine motors are controlled by Kebco
closed loop motion control drives.
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS: All components are CE/UL/CSA recognized.

Environmental sealing to IP55 (NEMA 12) standards.
ELECTRICAL WIRING: Proximity switch wiring – 0.64 to 1.02mm diameter

(18 to 22 AWG) stranded cable
Standard wiring – 1.02mm diameter (18 AWG) stranded
Primary wiring – 2.05mm diameter (12 AWG) stranded
®
PNEUMATICS: Required for auto air blast, electrical enclosure cooling and
wire lubricator. 5.5 to 6.9 Bar, 1,132 liters/minute (80-100
PSIG, 40CFM). Minimum filtration requirements:
particulate filtration to 5 Microns with moisture removal
and oil removal to 1PPM. Instrument air is strongly
recommended where available.
MACHINE DATA:
TYING MACHINE WEIGHT: Standard Tying Machine: 862Kg (1900lbs)
CONVEYOR WEIGHT: Standard Tying Machine: 635Kg (1,400lbs) per pair
OVERALL HEIGHT: Standard Tying Machine: 1529mm (60in) at 534mm (21in)

minimum line height.
OVERALL WIDTH: Standard Tying Machine: 3508mm (138in) - excluding coil

carrier
CONVEYOR GAP: 1372mm (54in)
MAXIMUM BALE OPENING: Standard Tying Machine: 914mm x 610mm (36in x 24in)
CONVEYOR HEIGHT: 534mm (21in) minimum
Components listed are Oval International® standards; specifications are, however, subject to
change without notice.
®
11.0 SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION.
11.1. INTRODUCTION.
The E9700 Tying Machine has been designed to provide safe, efficient, and trouble-free service
for many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully considered to
ensure operator safety, ease of operation, and machine longevity. Our engineering and
manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure a consistently high quality. As with any
powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of personal injury or equipment
damage if appropriate precautions are not taken. The safety section and related safety precautions
in other sections of this manual must be carefully read and fully understood before installing the
E9700 Tying Machine. The safety sections detail inherent risks and general safety
considerations associated with the operation and maintenance of the Tying Machine. Failure to
follow these precautions could result in personal injury or equipment damage. All installation
personnel must be trained and qualified for their positions.
OVAL INTERNATIONAL® SUPPLIES ONLY THE TYING EQUIPMENT.

THE SUPPLIER OF THE ENTIRE SYSTEM IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OVERALL
GUARDING OF THE SYSTEM
THIS MACHINE IS PART OF AN AUTOMATED SYSTEM AND IS NOT

TO BE OPERATED INDEPENDENTLY.
OVAL INTERNATIONAL® REQUIRES AN INTERLOCK IN THE BALE

LINE CONTROL SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS THE ADJACENT CONVEYOR FROM
OPERATING IF THE TYING MACHINE CONVEYOR IS OPEN. THE SYSTEM
INTEGRATOR (NOT OVAL INTERNATIONAL®) IS RESPONSIBLE FOR
PROVIDING THE INTERLOCKS.
11.2. SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols found in this manual and on the Tying Machine indicate situations that require
extra attention during installation. Observe the associated precautions carefully as they indicate
potentially hazardous situations. The safety symbols are:
11.3. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
Pictograms are placed in close proximity of the machine to remind personnel of these hazards.
®
CAREFULLY READ AND THOROUGHLY UNDERSTAND THE
FOLLOWING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SETTING UP OR OPERATING
THE E9700 TYING MACHINE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS
MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
The Tying Machine operation is fully automated. Any inattention while close
to the Tying Machine could result in personal injury or equipment damage. The Tying Machine
may start or cycle without warning! Precautions must also be taken to prevent bales from being
automatically conveyed into the Tying Machine when it is not in service. Shutting down the
Tying Machine does not necessarily prevent the upstream or downstream equipment in the bale
finishing line from operating. For all installation activities not requiring the Tying Machine to be
in operation a "lock out, tag out" procedure applies (see the "MAINTENANCE" section of this
manual). All operators and maintenance personnel working on or around the Tying Machine
during installation must be qualified for their position.
11.4. MECHANICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on the machine.
1. Never work on the Tying Machine when it is running.
2. Remain clear of the bundle opening when the machine is in the automatic mode.
3. The use of suitable eye protection is required when working near this machine.
4. Remain clear of the wire and wire coil when the Tying Machine is operating in
the automatic mode.
5. The use of suitable hearing protection is required when working near this
machine.
6. The use of suitable foot protection is required when working near this machine.
7. THE ENDS OF THE WIRE MAY BE SHARP AND THE

TYING WIRE FREQUENTLY HAS SHARP SLIVERS THAT COULD CAUSE INJURY.
8. DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE WITHOUT GUARDS IN PLACE.
See Chapters "OPERATION" and "MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
®
11.5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when installing or working on the Tying
Machine.
1. Ensure correct voltage and phase is supplied.
2. Verify grounded equipment supplies.
3. Do not operate the equipment in a wet environment.
4. Do not remove plug-in cables with the power supply under load.
5. Do not operate without electrical enclosure covers in place.
6. Cooling fans remain in operation when the doors are open. Keep body
parts out of the fans. Do not touch any exposed wires.
7. Do not operate the machine with the control panel open.

Follow all appropriate Lock – Out, Tag – Out procedures when performing maintenance.
See Chapter "OPERATION" and "MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
11.6. PNEUMATIC SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on the Tying
Machine.

3. Inspect all connections, hoses, and fittings for proper connection.
4. Check Tying Machine operation periodically.
6. Ensure that all components are correctly assembled before applying compressed air
pressure.
See Chapters "OPERATION" and "MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
Carefully read and understand the safety sections of the manual before installing the
E9700 Tying Machine. The safety sections of this manual identify general safety issues and
inherent risks associated with the E9700 Tying Machine. Failure to follow this precaution may
result in personal injury and/or equipment damage. Ensure that there are no bales entering the
Tying Machine from either direction during installation activities.
®
11.7 GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION.
Use the hoisting provisions that are provided (see the “General Arrangement” drawing) for
moving the Tying Machine and Conveyor. The Conveyor and Coil Carrier must be moved using
a suitable crane or forklift. The Tying Machine is caster mounted and may be moved by hand.
Weights:
Tying Machine: 862Kg (1900lbs)

Chain Conveyor: 635Kg (1,400 lbs) per pair
Coil carrier: 450Kg (1,000 lbs) (without wire)
PLACE THE TYING MACHINE, CONVEYOR AND COMPONENTS ON A

ON A FLAT SURFACE TO ENSURE THERE IS NO TIPPING RISK FOR THE
MACHINE OR ITS PARTS.
USE CRANES AND FORKLIFTS IN A SAFE AND

APPROPRIATE MANNER. ENSURE THAT ALL LIFTING OF THE TYING
MACHINE AND ITS COMPONENTS IS DONE IN A SAFE AND RESPONSIBLE
MANNER. FALLING OBJECTS ARE A LIFE THREATENING HAZARD. ALL
INSTALLATION PERSONNEL MUST BE TRAINED AND QUALIFIED.

COLLAPSE AND FALL.
11.8 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
The E9700 Tying Machine and Conveyors are installed in an automatic bale finishing line. The
top of the Conveyor drive chains is usually situated at the same elevation as the bale finishing
line conveyors. The end user or consulting firm is responsible for the floor plate installation,
which provides the mounting surface for the Conveyors.
The floor and floor plates must support the combined load of the Tying Machine, Conveyors and
the bales that will be conveyed through it. Oval International® does not take responsibility for
the floor plate installation.
The floor plates are designed to properly space the Entry and Exit Conveyors. Guide tubes
welded to the floor plate top surface to guide the Tying Machine into the Conveyor gap. (For
specific details see the “Floor Construction”, “Floor Plate”, and “General Arrangement”
drawings).
11.9 INSTALLING THE TYING MACHINE
The E9700 Tying Machine is fully assembled when shipped. The E9700 Tying Machine is a
self-contained machine designed to be removed from the production line for maintenance
®
operations. The Tying Machine is equipped with casters allowing it to be moved easily in and
out of the bale finishing line.
The following assembly procedure must be followed for the proper assembly and installation of
the E9700 Tying Machine.
1. Install the Floor Plate into the floor. (See the “Installation” and “Floor Construction”
drawings for specific details).
2. Mount the two Conveyors onto the floor plate using the appropriate screws. (See the “Floor
Construction” and “General Arrangement” drawings for specific detail).
3. Install the Tying Machine into the line.
REMAIN CLEAR OF SUSPENDED LOADS WHILE HOISTING IS

IN PROGRESS.
SECURE THE CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS IN THE "CLOSED"

POSITION. PERSONAL INJURY CAN OCCUR WHEN THE CONVEYOR CHAIN
PIVOTS ARE CLOSED FROM THE OPEN POSITION. KEEP HANDS CLEAR OF
THE CONVEYOR PINCH POINTS WHEN OPENING OR CLOSING THE CHAIN
PIVOT.
THE CONVEYORS ARE INTERLOCKED TO OTHER MILL

EQUIPMENT. PERSONAL INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE COULD OCCUR IF
THE EQUIPMENT STARTS DURING INSTALLATION OR MAINTENANCE
ACTIVITIES. OBSERVE THE “LOCK OUT / TAG OUT” PROCEDURES AND
ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO BALES BEING CONVEYED INTO THE TYING
MACHINE FROM ADJACENT CONVEYORS.
11.10. INSTALLING TYING MACHINE POWER AND INTERLOCKS.
For details on the control panel and field wiring refer to the “Field Wiring”
drawing. Before any work is done on the electrical circuit of the Tying Machine, ensure that the
machine is disconnected from all electrical power sources. Use the "lock out, tag out" procedure
as described in section 7.3 of the “MAINTENANCE” section. Carefully read all information on
the drawings mentioned above. Wire numbering is to be permanently installed. The local codes
and laws pertinent to electrical installation activities must be strictly followed. All installation
personnel must be trained and qualified.
®
THE "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURE MUST BE FOLLOWED FOR
ALL WORK PERFORMED IN THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT OF THE TYING
MACHINE. HIGH VOLTAGE REPRESENTS A LIFE THREATENING DANGER (SEE
MAINTENANCE SECTION OF THIS MANUAL).
11.11 INSTALLING THE COIL CARRIER.
To install the Coil Carrier refer to the “General Arrangement”, “Floor Construction” and “Coil
Carrier Assembly” drawings.
®
12.0 SAFETY DURING DE-INSTALLATION.
12.1. INTRODUCTION
Read this section of the manual carefully before starting de-installation of the E9700 Tying
Machine as it deals with potential hazards during de-installation. Failure to follow precautions
and safety warnings may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Ensure there are no
bales entering the Tying Machine from either direction. Before starting the Tying Machine
electrical circuit de-installation, ensure the Tying Machine is disconnected from all electrical
sources. Disconnect all interlocks before starting de-installation and use the "lock out, tag out"
procedure as mentioned in section 6.0.
12.2. GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION.
Use a fork lift or crane for moving the Tying Machine Conveyors and Coil Carrier
to their location after de-installation. The Tying Machine Conveyors and Coil Carrier must be
moved using a suitable fork lift or crane.
Weights:
Tying Machine: 862Kg (1900lbs)

Chain Conveyor: 635Kg (1,400 lbs) per pair
Coil carrier: 450Kg (1,000 lbs) (without wire)
Place the Tying Machine and its parts on a on a flat surface to ensure there is no
tipping risk to the machine or its parts.
12.3 CLEARING THE MACHINE
Remove the tying wire from the machine as described in section 4.12 of the Operating
instructions.

®
12.4. REMOVING THE E9700 TYING MACHINE
The Tying Machine should be removed from the Conveyor and moved separately
to the new location. Refer to the “REMOVING THE TYING MACHINE FROM THE
CONVEYOR” instructions in the ADJUSTMENTS section of this manual for details.
REMAIN CLEAR OF THE EQUIPMENT WHILE HOISTING IS IN

PROGRESS.

COLLAPSE AND FALL.
12.5 REMOVING THE CONVEYORS
For reference, see the “Floor Construction” and “General Arrangement” drawings located in the
Installation section of this manual. Ensure that all nuts and bolts are removed before any
hoisting or moving activity starts. Always use appropriate moving equipment.
REMAIN CLEAR OF THE EQUIPMENT WHILE HOISTING IS IN

PROGRESS.

COLLAPSE AND FALL.
12.6 CONVEYOR SAFETY WARNINGS.
For reference, see the “Conveyor Assembly” drawing. The Conveyors can be opened for
adjusting and maintenance activities. Refer to the Conveyor Assembly drawing for specific
details. Make sure that the Conveyors are secured in their original position, when they are moved
to a new location.
SECURE THE CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS IN THE "CLOSED"

POSITION. PERSONAL INJURY CAN OCCUR WHEN THE CONVEYOR
CHAIN PIVOTS ARE CLOSED FROM THE OPEN POSITION. KEEP HANDS CLEAR
OF THE CONVEYOR PINCH POINTS WHEN OPENING OR CLOSING THE CHAIN
PIVOTS.
®
12.7 REMOVING THE COIL CARRIER.
Refer to the Coil Carrier, “Coil Carrier Cage” and “Floor Construction” drawings for details on
the Coil Carrier.
12.8. DE-INSTALLING THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT.
For details on the electrical circuit, refer to the “Control Panel” and “Field Wiring” drawings.
Before any work is done on the electrical circuit of the Tying Machine or Conveyors, ensure they
are disconnected from all electrical power sources. Use the “lock out, tag out” procedure as
described in section 7.3. Carefully read all information on the drawings. Local codes pertinent
to electrical activities must be followed. Leave all wire numbering intact.
APPROPRIATE "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURES (SEE

MAINTENANCE SECTION OF THIS MANUAL) MUST BE FOLLOWED FOR
ALL WORK BEING PERFORMED ON THE TYING MACHINE. HIGH
VOLTAGE REPRESENTS A LIFE THREATENING DANGER.
®
13.0 RECOMMENDED TYING MACHINE WIRE
SPECIFICATION
Oval International® Tying Machine and Unityer are designed to operate using high quality pulp
bale a pulp unitizing wire. Oval International® recommends using Ovalmatic® Quality Bale
Tying and Unitizing Wire. The following specification for Ovalmatic® Quality Bale Tying and
Unitizing wire describes the minimum requirements for Bale Tying and Unitizing wire.
“OVALMATIC® QUALITY” BALE TYING WIRE
Diameter: As determined by a specific project – typical is 2.20 to 2.30mm,

plus or minus 0.05 mm.
Elongation: Minimum 7% / Maximum 10% in 254 mm sample
Tensile Strength: Typical 965 -1172 MPa – can vary some based on diameter
considerations
Helix (Vertical Cast): Positive target is less than 51mm – not more than 80 mm (Reverse
cast not permitted)
Horizontal Cast: Target based on coil characteristics noted below is 660 – 762 mm
(Measured across diameter of a complete single loop.)
Typical Coil Characteristics:
Internal Diameter: 457 mm (Approximate)

External Diameter: 965 mm (Approximate)
Net Package Weight: 680 – 820 kg (Approximate)
13.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATION
Description:
“Ovalmatic® Quality” Tying and Unitizing Wire is a carbon steel wire with a galvanized coating.
The wire is manufactured to meet international standards for bale tying and unitizing wire.
Coating:
Bright Galvanized with a nominal thickness of 54.9 grams of zinc per square meter of wire
surface.
Finish:
The wire is coated with a 2 – 4% solution of specific wax coating for extended resistance to
oxidation and surface deterioration.
Continuous Coil – Processing Welds:

Wire will be in a continuous coil from top to bottom of each carrier with no loose ends. No more
than two process welds are allowed coil (based on typical size note above and in the majority of
coils there should be either no weld or only one) Weld area will be dressed properly such that
wire diameter and strength are maintained within the wire specification.
®
Packaging:
Oval International® ships Marathon Packs to international wire customers. Marathon Packs are
wire that is shipped on a skid.
Packaging considerations:
1. Wire is secured with materials which will not promote or accelerate wire deterioration in
any manner.
2. Package is designed so that there is no contact between handling equipment and the wire
itself.
3. Avoidance of any plastic material being in direct contact with the wire.
4. Designed to minimize if not eliminate exposure to moisture or contamination of same.
5. Identification system in place allowing traceability and easy identification of material.
Containment:
Wire is usually secured via the use of 20mm flat steel strapping which is tensioned in place with
sufficient force to minimize bouncing, chafing or interweaving during handling and transport.
Testing:
Prior to shipment each coil of Wire is tested to determine that it meets specification standards for
the individual customer’s requirements. Test results are recorded and sent to the customer for
access as required by International Unitizing Regulations on traceability to wire usage on actual
pulp production.
®
14.0 ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND PARTS LIST
14.1 TWISTER LOWER END
14.2 TWISTER UPPER END
14.3 FEED AND TENSION
14.4 TRACK
14.5 ARCH
14.6 FRAME
14.7 WIRE GUIDE
14.8 PNEUMATIC
14.9 WIRING
14.11 CONTROL PANEL
14.12 AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION
14.13 TYING MACHINE DECAL
14.14 CASTER SPACER
14.15 CONVEYOR
14.16 CONVEYOR WIRING
14.17 CONVEYOR DECAL
14.18 COIL CARRIER
14.19 COIL CARRIER DECAL
14.20 MAINTENANCE STATION
14.21 OVERHEAD PAYOFF
®
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 04 OCT 01 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ENGR: DDR PARTS LIST
ECN#: 4413 E9700 TYING MACHINE
TWISTER LOWER END ASSEMBLY
11E710-3
======================================= =============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================= =============================
1 1 11E709 MAIN SHAFT

1 KEY, ISO 773, 8 X 12 X 174.8 SQUARE ENDS
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
2 2 40-973 BEARING, NACHI, 6308-2NSL
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
3 2 13C262 SHAFT SPACER
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
4 2 7D045 CUT CAM
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
6 2 7D044 EJECT CAM
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
8 1 13C260 MAIN GEAR
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
9 1 61-025 WASHER, MMC, 91100A200, M16
1 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M16 - 2.0 X 40
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
10 1 11E707 BEARING BLOCK, LH
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 45, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
11 1 11E708 BEARING BLOCK, RH
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
12 1 51-765 GEARMOTOR, SEW, FHF47DT90L4THES1T,
RATIO 16.36:1, 460/3/60,35mm BORE, M3 MOUNTING,
CONDUIT BOX @ 90 DEG., CABLE ENTRY 3,
LABEL AS IP55
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M10 X 1.5 X 30, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M10, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
13 1 7D046 TRACK BRACKET
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6 X 1.0 X 25, ZINC PLATE
1 SPRING PIN, M8 X 20
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
14 1 11E706 BOTTOM PLATE
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
FORM NO. E08-A

PAGE 2/2

TWISTER LOWER END ASSEMBLY
11E710-3
======================================= =============================
======================================= =============================
15 1 7D176 TRACK BRACKET

2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6 X 1.0 X 25, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
FORM NO. E08-A

PAGE 1/3
DATE: 06 JAN 06 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ENGR: DRD PARTS LIST
TWISTER TOP END ASSEMBLY
13E113-0
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
1 3 13C286 IDLER SHAFT

6 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6-1.0 X 14, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
3 2 13C666 IDLER GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
4 1 13C667 IDLER GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
5 1 13C818 GEAR PLATE, RH SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
6 1 13C819 GEAR PLATE, LH SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
7 1 7D387 PINION
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
8 2 13C731 PINION BEARING
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
9 4 40-975 CAM ROLLER, MCGILL, MCF-22-SB
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
11 1 13C599 EJECTOR, LH SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
12 1 13C598 EJECTOR, RH SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
13 1 13C280 EJECTOR CONNECTOR
4 SPRING DOWEL, SPIROL BUSH 8 X 19 BT DB100
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
14 2 60-064 SPRING, ASSOC., E0500-055-2500
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M5-.8 X 16, ZINC PLATE
4 HEX NUT, M5-.8, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
16 1 14C129 PIVOT BLOCK, LH SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
17 1 14C130 PIVOT BLOCK, RH SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
18 2 11E740 MOUNTING BAR
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3

13E113-0
=========================================================================
=========================================================================

------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
19 2 60-647 SPRING, ASSOCIATED, C0720-112-2000M
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
21 1 13C820 ROCKER, LH SUB ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
22 1 13C592 ROCKER, RH SUB ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
23 1 7D242 ROCKER SPREADER
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
24 2 13C278 CUTTER INSERT
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
25 1 11E745 LH GUIDE
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
27 1 13C601 FIXED COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
28 1 61-230 ROLLER FOLLOWER PIN, MISUMI, FRFN10-30-F17
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
29 1 12E272 GRIP LEVER
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
30 1 7D257 GRIPPER INSERT
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
31 1 61-023 SPRING, ASSOC., C0300-051-1750M
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
32 1 13C600 GRIPPER BODY SUB-ASSEMBLY
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
33 1 41-031 CAM ROLLER, INA LR5200 NPPU
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
34 1 7D056 SWITCH ACTUATOR
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
35 1 7D226 STOP BLOCK
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
36 2 61-024 SPRING, ASSOC., C0210-022-0880M
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3

13E113-0
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
37 1 11E747 MOVING COVER

2 SPRING DOWEL, SPIROL BUSH 6 X 19 BT SD200
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
38 1 13C274 GUIDE BLOCK
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
40 1 13C273 SHOULDER SCREW
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
41 2 13C827 BUMPER
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
42 2 13C885 LOCATING STUD
2 SET SCREW, M6-1.0 X 8
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
43 1 13C939 BUMPER
1 SOC HD SHOULDER SCREW, 6 X 10 SHOULDER M5-.8
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
44 1 13C886 LOCATING STUD
1 SET SCREW, M6-1.0 X 8
------ ----- ---------- ---------------- --------------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 04 JULY 08 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

REV: 05 MARCH 03 E9700
ECN#: 4479 IDLER GEAR SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 TWISTER TOP END ASSEMBLY
13C666-1
============================================================= =============
============================================================= =============
1 1 13C285 IDLER GEAR

----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
2 1 51-819 BEARING, MUSIMI NASTFZ12
12mm I.D., 32mm O.D.
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
3 2 61-118 WASHER, MUSIMI WASB20-12-2
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
4 2 61-154 RETAINING RING, SMALLEY, VHM-32
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 MARCH 03 E9700
ECN#: 4479 IDLER GEAR SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 TWISTER TOP END ASSEMBLY
13C667-1
============================================================= ===========
============================================================= ===========
1 1 13C284 IDLER GEAR

----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
2 1 51-819 BEARING, MUSIMI NASTFZ12
12mm I.D., 32mm O.D.
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
3 2 61-118 WASHER, MUSIMI WASB20-12-2
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
4 2 61-154 RETAINING RING, SMALLEY, VHM-32
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
FORM E08-A
DATE: 05 FEB 18 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED
ECN#: 4479 E9700
GEAR PLATE, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
TWISTER TOP END
13C818-0
=========================================================== ==============
=========================================================== ==============
1 1 12E450 GEAR PLATE

------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C283 EJECTOR SHAFT
------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 MAY 20 E9700
ECN#: 4556 GEAR PLATE, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
4479 TWISTER TOP END
13C819-1
=========================================================== ==============
=========================================================== ==============
1 1 12E450 GEAR PLATE

------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C283 EJECTOR SHAFT
------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 04 MAR 31 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

REV: 06 APRIL 06 E9700
ECN#: 4827 EJECTOR, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
13C599-1
======================================================= ================
======================================================= ================
1 1 7D060 EJECTOR
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------- ----------------
2 1 40-893 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB 1412DU
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------- ----------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 06 APRIL 06 E9700
ECN#: 4827 EJECTOR, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
13C598-1
========================================================================
========================================================================
1 1 7D059 EJECTOR
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------------- -----------
2 1 40-893 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB 1412DU
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------------- -----------
FORM E08-A
ECN#: 4745 E9700
TWISTER TOP END
PIVOT BLOCK, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
14C129-0
========================================================================
========================================================================
1 1 12E695 PIVOT BLOCK, L.H.

------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C279 ROCKER SHAFT
------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
PAGE 1/1

ECN#: 4745 E9700
TWISTER TOP END
PIVOT BLOCK, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
14C130-0
========================================================================
========================================================================
1 1 12E696 PIVOT BLOCK, R.H.

------ ------ --------- --------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C279 ROCKER SHAFT
------ ------ --------- --------------------------------- --------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 JULY 18 E9700
ECN#: 4609 ROCKER, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
4479 13C820-2
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
1 1 12E581 ROCKER, L.H.

----- ------ --------- ------------------------------------- ------------
2 1 40-977 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB2516.5 DU
----- ------ --------- ------------------------------------- ------------
3 1 13C958 SPACER
1 HEX NUT, M8 - 1.25 STD, ZINC PLATE
----- ------ --------- ------------------------------------- ------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 JULY 18 E9700
ECN#: 4609 TWISTER TOP END
4573 ROCKER, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 13C592-2
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 11E746 ROCKER, R.H.

------ ------ --------- ----------------------------------- --------------
2 1 40-977 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB2516.5 DU
------ ------ --------- ----------------------------------- --------------
3 1 13C958 SPACER
1 HEX NUT, M8 - 1.25 STD, ZINC PLATE
------ ------ --------- ----------------------------------- --------------
FORM E08-A
ECN#: 4413 E9700 UNITYER
FIXED COVER, SUB ASSEMBLY
TWISTER TOP END 13-14GA ASSEMBLY
13C601-0
========================================================================
========================================================================
1 1 11E742 FIXED COVER

------ ------ --------- --------------------------------- --------------
2 1 40-978 BUSHING, GARLOCK, MB1815DU
------ ------ --------- --------------------------------- --------------
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 JUNE 14 E9700 TYING MACHINE
ECN#: 4573 TWISTER TOP END 13-14GA ASSEMBLY
4479 GRIPPER BODY, SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 13C600-3
========================================================= ================
========================================================= ================
1 1 11E749 GRIPPER BODY

------ ----- --------- ---------------------------------- ----------------
2 1 40-978 BUSHING, GARLOCK, MB1815DU
------ ----- --------- ---------------------------------- ----------------
3 2 61-192 DOWEL BUSHING, SPIROL, BUSH 8 X 13 BK DB100
------ ----- --------- ---------------------------------- ----------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4590 E9700 TYING MACHINE
4502 FEED AND TENSION UNIT
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
1 1 11E734 FEED AND TENSION FRAME

1 61-157 KEYLOCK INSERT, MCMASTER-CARR, 90245A173
(FOR REPLACEMENT ONLY)
1 61-158 INSTALLATION TOOL, MCMASTER-CARR, 94010A315
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 11E737 DRIVE BEARING CARRIER
1 SNAP RING, DIN 472 - 90mm
8 SOC HD SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 60, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 11E736 ACCUMULATOR BEARING CARRIER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 11E718 ACCUMULATOR SHAFT
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 11E720 DRIVE SHAFT
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 11E731 DRIVE WHEEL
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 11E812 TRANSVERSE GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 1 11E730 TRANSVERSE GUIDE COVER
9 BUT HD SCREW, M6 - 1 X 12, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 1 11E715 ACCUMULATOR HUB
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================

----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 11E721 INNER WEAR RING
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 2 11E902 ACCUMULATOR SPACER, 13GA-14GA
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 11E728 OUTER WEAR RING
SOC HD SCREW, M6 - 1 X 30, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 1 13C293 TRANSVERSE GUIDE BUSHING
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 13C270 CLAMP BAR
2 SOC HD SCREW, M6 - 1 X 12, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 1 40-989 CAM FOLLOWER INA, KRE19PP
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 1 40-986 BEARING NSK, 5210-2RS
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 1 40-987 BEARING NSK, 5208-2RS
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 1 11E726 TANGENT GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 1 11E723 TANGENT GUIDE COVER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
21 1 13C268 ACCUMULATOR PROX TARGET
2 LOCK WASHER, M6, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 33 40-869 BEARING NSK, 626VV
33 SHOULDER SCREW, (M5) 6X6
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
23 1 11E714 NIP WHEEL
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
24 1 11E722 NIP WHEEL HUB

----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 1 11E880 UPPER WHEEL GUIDE COVER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 1 11E887 UPPER WHEEL GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
27 1 11E993 LOWER WHEEL GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
28 1 11E727 ECCENTRIC SHAFT
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
29 1 12E584 LOWER EXIT GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 1 40-988 BEARING NSK, 5206-2RS
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 1 7D049 ECCENTRIC
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
32 1 40-015 BEARING SKF, 6017 A-2RS
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
33 2 13C495 ECCENTRIC LEVER STOP
2 JAM NUT, M8 - 1.25, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
34 1 13C507 SPACER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
35 1 13C271 SPACER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
36 1 7D068 ECCENTRIC ARM
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 2 13C298 KNUCKLE
2 SHOULDER SCREW, (M8) 10 X 20
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

38 1 13C296 GUIDE STUD
2 NYLOCK NUT, M8 - 1.25, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
39 1 13C493 TENSION SPRING MOUNT
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 2 61-068 SPRING CENTURY, 3438
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
41 1 61-085 SPRING CENTURY, 2729
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
42 1 13C446 SOLENOID CONNECTING ROD
1 ROLL PIN, M3 X 12 LG
1 ROLL PIN, M3 X 10 LG
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
43 1 13C447 SOLENOID CONNECTING TUBE
1 SHOULDER SCREW, (M5) 6X40
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 1 13C465 SOLENOID SPRING PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
45 3 11E733 ACCUMULATOR GUARD
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
46 2 11E713 GUARD BRACKET
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
47 1 30-741 SOLENOID
4 SOC HD SCREW, M3 - .5 X 16
4 LOCK WASHER, M3
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
48 1 11E771 ENTRY GUIDE 45 DEGREE
1 NYLOCK NUT, M6 - 1, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
49 1 11E732 ENTRY GUIDE COVER
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================

----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
50 2 12C469 GUIDE BUSHING
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
51 1 13C311 SOLENOID MOUNTING BRACKET
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
52 1 11E773 ENTRY GUIDE POST
2 DOWEL PIN, DIN 635, 8X25 LG
2 ROLL PIN, DIN 7343 (W) 8 X 20MM LG
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
53 1 11E772 ENTRY GUIDE CARRIER
1 SOC SET SCREW, DIN 913, M6 - 1 X 16, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
54 1 7D050 CLAMP BLOCK HALF
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
55 1 51-847 GEARMOTOR SEW, KHZ37DT80N4VRTFES1T
17.15:1 RATIO, 460/3/60, 1HP,
1800 RPM, ENCODER, 1024
RESOLUTION, 5VDC DIFFERENTIAL,
THERMISTOR TYPE F , 30mm HOLLOW BORE
WITH SHRINK DISC M1A MOUNTING,
CONDUIT BOX @ 180 DEG. CABLE
ENTRY NORMAL. FORCED AIR
COOLING FAN, 24VDC,
LABELED IP55
----------- ------------ -------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
56 1 51-846 GEARMOTOR SEW, KHZ67DT100LS4VRTFES1T
8.37:1 RATIO, 460/3/60, 3HP,
1800RPM, ENCODER, 1024 RESOLUTION,
5VDC DIFFERENTIAL,THERMISTORS TYPE F,
40mm HOLLOW BORE WITH SHRINK
DISC M1B MOUNTING, CONDUIT BOX
@ 90 DEG., CABLE ENTRY @ 3. FORCED
AIR COOLING FAN, 24VDC,LABELED
FORM E08-B
PAGE 6/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
AS IP55
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
57 1 11E774 OUTSIDE TRANSFER WHEEL GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
58 1 11E729 INSIDE TRANSFER WHEEL GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
59 3 13C267 8MM PROX CLAMP BRACKET
9 SOC HD SCREW, M4 - .7 X 12, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
60 1 7D126 WIRE EXHAUST GATE
1 DOWEL PIN, DIN 6325, 6X28mm LG
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
61 1 11E992 WIRE EXHAUST COILER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
62 1 12E507 WIRE COILER EXHAUST TUBE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
63 1 7D300 WIRE EXHAUST DOOR
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
64 1 12E582 OIL INJECTION BLOCK
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 1 13C807 SWITCH FEED TUBE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
66 1 13C808 IN FEED GUIDE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
67 2 10-887 SEAL CR, 5221
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
68 1 41-005 CAM FOLLOWER, INA, KR30PP
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
69 1 7D100 ACCUMULATOR COUNTER WEIGHT
FORM E08-B
PAGE 7/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================

----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 2 13C269 NUT BAR, SOLENOID MOUNT
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
71 1 11E896 ACCUMULATOR SPACER LH
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
72 1 11E900 ACCUMULATOR SPACER RH
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
73 1 13C740 KEEPER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
74 1 7D301 WIRE EXHAUST COVER PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
76 1 51-793 SOLENOID PLUNGER, SALA BRUGESS, 193244-001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
77 1 61-088 NYLOCK SKF NUT, FABORY, 11790 M30 - 1.5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78 1 61-087 NYLOCK SKF NUT, FABORY, 11790 M25 - 1.5
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
79 1 7D174 WIRE COILER FORMING TUBE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 1 61-069 LATCH, SOUTHCO, E3-31-25
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
81 1 11E994 FEED ECCENTRIC SHAFT
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
82 1 41-013 BEARING INA, SL04 5005PP
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
83 2 61-082 SNAP RING INA, WR 47
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 8/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
84 1 7D168 FEED ECCENTRIC

----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
85 2 61-084 SNAP RING ROTO CLIP, CFS-70
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
86 1 7D171 FEED NIP WHEEL
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
87 2 41-012 BEARING SKF, 61814 2RS1
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
88 2 61-083 SNAP RING ROTO CLIP, CFH-90
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
89 1 61-081 SHIM MISUMI, CIMRF-D90-V80-T0.3
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
90 1 7D170 FEED NIP LEVER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
91 1 13C466 SPACER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
92 1 7D175 FEED NIP ROD
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
93 1 13C494 FEED SPRING MOUNT
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
94 1 12E474 SWITCH GUARD
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
95 2 13C552 BRACKET SWITCH GUARD
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
96 1 13C753 SWITCH BRACKET
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 1 7D331 SWITCH GUARD
FORM E08-B
PAGE 9/9
DATE: 04 DEC 01
DRD DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4481 12E477-4
4444
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
2 FLAT WASHER, STD, M6, ZINC PLATE

----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
101 1 7D332 SWITCH GUARD
2 FLAT WASHER, STD, M6, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
102 1 12E585 LOWER EXIT GUIDE COVER
----------- ------------ -------------------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/3

ECN#: 4489 E9700
TRACK ASSEMBLY
36" X 24"(METRIC)
12E638-0
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
1 1 1D495 UPPER GUIDE

------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
2 1 7D063 UPPER COVER
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
3 2 1D497 SIDE GUIDE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
4 2 6D386 SIDE COVER
2 DOWEL PIN, 8MM X 30MM LONG
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
5 4 9E531 CORNER GUIDE (METRIC)
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
6 4 11C766 INSERT, ENTRY (METRIC)
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6 X 1 X 10MM LONG, ZINC PLATE
FULL LENGTH THREADS
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
7 20 11C765 INSERT (METRIC)
FULL LENGTH THREADS
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
8 4 11C767 INSERT, EXIT (METRIC)
FULL LENGTH THREADS
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
9 4 9E532 CORNER COVER
16 SOC HD SCREW, M8 X 1.25 X 16MM LONG, ZINC PLATE
4 DOWEL PIN, 8MM X 20MM LONG
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
10 24 40-869 BEARING NSK626DD
24 SOC HD SCREW, M6 X 1 X 25MM LONG, ZINC PLATE
24 LOCK NUT, M6, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
11 1 12E331 ENTRY GUIDE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
12 1 11E755 ENTRY COVER, UPPER
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3

ECN#: 4489 E9700
TRACK ASSEMBLY
36" X 24"(METRIC)
12E638-0
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
13 1 11E754 ENTRY COVER, LOWER

2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6 X 1.00 X 20MM LONG, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
14 1 7D065 EXIT GUIDE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
15 1 7D064 EXIT COVER
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
16 13 11C764 TRACK SCREW (METRIC)
13 NY-LOCK NUT, M8 X 1.25, ZINC PLATE
11 HEX NUT, M8 X 1.25, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
17 9 1C196 TRACK SPRING
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
19 4 1C667 TRACK SPRING
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
20 1 13C814 FEED TUBE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
21 2 13C290 END PLATE
6 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M4 X 0.7 X 12MM LONG, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
22 2 7D087 TRACK HANGER BRACKET
8 SOC HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 25
2 SOC HD SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 25
2 LOCK WASHER, M12
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
23 2 7D088 TRACK SIDE MOUNT BRACKET
8 LOCK WASHER, M8
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
24 1 7D089 TRACK BRACKET, LH
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
25 1 7D090 TRACK BRACKET, RH
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
26 16 61-042 T-NUT MAYTECH, 1.324.EM8
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3

ECN#: 4489 E9700
TRACK ASSEMBLY
36" X 24"(METRIC)
12E638-0
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
------ ----- --------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 06 OCT 12 E9700 TYING MACHINE
ECN#: 4993 ARCH ASSEMBLY
4757 915mm x 610mm
13E132-1
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
1 1 7D403 R.H. Column

----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
2 1 7D085 L.H.Column
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
3 1 7D084 Top Beam
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
4 1 13E115 ARCH SUPPORT
2 FLANGE BOLT, M16 - 2 X 60, DIN 6921, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
5 2 61-033 Cover Cap 80x80 MayTech, 1.42.208082
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
6 6 61-029 Gusset 80MM x 80MM LinTech, 205075
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
7 8 61-030 Connectors MayTech, 1.21.4E0
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
8 46 61-042 T-Nut MayTech, 1.324.EM8
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
9 1 61-034 Tube 30x3, MayTech, 1.19.16130-A00A00/300
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
10 2 61-035 Corner Piece PA-GF MayTech, 1.61.280
----- ----- -------- -------------------- -------------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
1 1 REFER TO SEPARATE CORRESPONDONG PARTS LIST
1 8
7
8
7 7
3 8
8 5
1
7 7
7 8 8 7 10
8
10
8
1
7 8 1 8 4
NOTES:
1. BAG AND OR TAG WITH DRAWING NUMBER AND REVISION
2. INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
ARCH ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 TYING MACHINE
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
09/20/06 1 4993 DRD/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, RDG 1/19/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
01/26/2006 0 4757 DDR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:10 13E132-1
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 06 MAY 10 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

REV: 06 AUG 15 E9700 TYING MACHINE
ECN#: 4946 FRAME ASSEMBLY
4864 13E154-1
================================================== ========================
================================================== ========================
1 1 13E116 TYING MACHINE BASE

----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
2 1 11E793 ACCUMULATOR ENCLOSURE CENTER SECTION
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
3 1 11E798 ACCUMULATOR ENCLOSURE R.H. SECTION
20 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6 - 1 X 16, ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
4 1 11E797 ACCUMULATOR ENCLOSURE L.H. SECTION
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
5 1 13E160 DRIVE MOTOR DOOR R.H.
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
6 1 13E159 DRIVE MOTOR DOOR L.H.
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
7 1 13E162 FEED AND TENSION DOOR R.H.
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
8 1 13E161 FEED AND TENSION DOOR L,H.
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
9 8 60-977 HINGES SOUTHCO, 96-50-500-50
32 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M5 - .8 X 8, ZINC PLATE
32 INTERNAL SERRATED LOCK WASHER, M5, ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
10 4 61-037 LATCHES SOUTHCO, E3-32-25
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
11 1 61-038 KEY SOUTHCO, E3-2-1
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
12 1 12E018 TWISTER MOTOR COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
13 1 7D412 TWISTER PROX COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
14 1 13C302 ENTRY GUIDE COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3

4864 13E154-1
================================================== ========================
================================================== ========================
15 1 13E260 CONTROL CABINET CABLE COVER

4 FLAT HEAD WASHER, M6, ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
18 1 13E163 RESISTOR MOUNTING BRACKET
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
19 1 7D070 RESISTOR ACCESS COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
20 1 7D071 SWITCH BOX COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
21 1 7D076 TWISTER SIDE COVER R.H.
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
22 1 7D074 TWISTER SIDE COVER L.H.
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
23 1 7D075 TRANSFORMER COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
24 1 7D069 WIRING ACCESS COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
25 2 13E468 RUB RAIL
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
26 2 13C303 DOOR SWITCH MOUNT
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
27 1 7D078 MAGNET MOUNT RH
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
28 1 7D077 MAGNET MOUNT LH
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
29 2 61-039 SPRING PLUNGER CARR LANE, CLM-12-SPS-1
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
30 2 31-102 LOUVER PLATE KIT HOFFMAN, A-VK64
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3

4864 13E154-1
================================================== ========================
================================================== ========================

----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
31 2 33-409 FINGER GUARD EBMPAPST, LZ37
4 NYLOCK NUT, M4-.7, ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
32 2 7D268 FAN ADAPTER PLATE
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
33 2 33-410 FAN EMBPAPST 6224N
TUBEAXIAL 24VDC FAN, 6200N SERIES,
WIRING TERMINALS, BALL BEARINGS, 241CFM, 18W
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
34 2 7D245 WIRE CLAMP BASE TAKE UP
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
35 4 13C654 WIRE CLAMP GRIPPER
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
36 2 7D244 WIRE CLAMP BASE
4 SOC HD SCREW, M8-1.25 X 80, FULL THREAD ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
37 1 7D051 LOCATING STRIKER
----- ------ ---------- ---------------------------------------------------
38 1 13C719 LOCATING BLOCK
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------- ------------------------
FORM E08-A
9 7
28
10
4 8
29 9
26
10
2 14
26
29
31 34
3 35
36
31 33
33 33
32
32
27 34
19
35 12
9
36
20
30
13
38
9 22
9
6
1
10
10
18
5
24
9 15
1
23
37
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
21 =SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
TYING MACHINE
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 FRAME ASSEMBLY
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 TYING MACHINE
08/11/06 1 4946 DDR/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 5/10/2006
ENGR
25 ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
1 05/10/06 0 4864 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:10 13E154-1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/1

REV: 07 FEB 16 E9700 TYING MACHINE
ECN#: 5047 WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
4413 11E830-2
================================================ =========================
================================================ =========================
1 2 11E829 WIRE GUIDE

----- ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
2 2 13C308 WIRE GUIDE BRACKET
----- ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
3 8 61-042 T-NUT MAYTECH, 1.324.EM8
----- ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
4 2 61-043 CLAMPING LEVER MAYTECH, 1.29.800820
----- ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 06 FEB 22
ENGR: DDR
REV: 07 JUNE 06
4946 MODEL E9700
4790 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
13E191-2
===========================================================================================
===========================================================================================
1 1 70-577 MANIFOLD, SMC, VV5Q41-04C12FU0-SD

3 SOC PIPE PLUG, 1/2 NPT, PARKER, NNP-S,
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
2 2 70-489 VALVE SMC, VQ4100-5
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
3 4 20-963 PLUG SMC, KQ2P-12
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
4 4 20-975 REDUCER FITTING SMC, KQ2R06-12
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
5 6M 20-971 TUBING SMC, TU0604BU
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
6 3M 21-051 TUBING SMC, TU1208BU
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
7 1 20-999 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2W12-02S
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
8 1 20-991 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2L06-M5
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
9 1 13E166 MANIFOLD BRACKET
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
10 1 70-486 BLANK PLATE SMC, VVQ4000-10A-1
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
11 1 21-040 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2L12-04S
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
12 1 20-988 BULKHEAD MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2LE12-00
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
13 1 20-995 PLUG IN ELBOW SMC, KQ2L12-99
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
14 1 70-590 MIST LUBRICATOR PARKER, 06L12BE
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
15 1 70-591 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT PARKER, PS743P
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
16 2 21-010 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQL-06-U02
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 06 FEB 22
ENGR: DDR
REV: 07 JUNE 06
4946 MODEL E9700
4790 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
13E191-2
===========================================================================================
===========================================================================================
17 1 21-012 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2L06-M6

------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
18 1 70-609 VALVE SMC, VQ4300-5
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
19 1 21-033 SPEED CONTROL SMC AS2211F-U02-06
G1/4 CONNECTOR, 6MM TUBING
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
20 1 21-017 BULKHEAD FITTING, FESTO, 153171
G1/2 CONNECTOR, 12MM TUBING
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
21 1 21-016 BARBED HOSE FITTING, FESTO, 15636
G 1/2 CONNECTOR, 12MM NOM SIZE
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
22 1 21-032 BARBED QUICK COUPLING PLUG MCMASTER CARR, 6534K63
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
23 2M 21-022 HOSE FESTO, 2234
23MM OD, 13MM ID
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
24 2 21-041 HOSE CLAMP MCMASTER CAR 6541K42
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
25 1 21-023 UNION TEE SMC, KQ2T12-00
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
26 1 33-556 PRESSURE SWITCH FESTO, PEV-1/4-B
PRESSURE RANGE 0-150 10-30 VDC
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
27 1 21-048 ADAPTER FESTO, 186-108
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
28 5 21-039 HEX PLUG SMC 1/2(R(PT))PLUG
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
29 1 33-617 ANGLED PLUG SOCKET FESTO, 164274
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
19 14
WIRE LUBRICATOR
AUTO AIR
BLOW OUT
AUTOMATIC 6X1 6X1

LUBRICATOR
WIRE LUBRICATOR
INJECTION BLOCK
CONTROL CABINET
COLLER
6X1 6X1 6X1
12X2
2 18
2
A B A B 2 A B 2 A B
A B A B A B
SPARE
28
28 26
R2 R2 PLUG
PLUG P
R1 12X2
R1
6X1
PRESSURE
12X2 SWITCH
1
12X2
13
MILL INSTRUMENT
AIR SUPPLY
FLOW MAXIMUM = 1.13m3/MIN
PRESSURE MAXIMUM =.69MPa
PRESSURE MINIMUM =.62MPa
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
04/20/07 2 5086 DDR/LLC 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700
DRAWN BY DATE
08/11/06 1 4946 DDR/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING LLC 2/15/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
02/23/06 0 4790 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
1:8 13E191-2
REF DWG
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
12
6 13
7
27
26
15
1 29 5
16
19
2
14
6 17
28
1 5
11 5
5
4 25
6
2
4
2
18 28 9
3 3
10
4 5
2
16
20 8
21
24
23
24
22
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700 TM AND UT
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING LLC 2/15/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
1:5 13E191-2
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
5151 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E873-1
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
1 1 13E373 I/O JUNCTION BOX

---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E407 POWER TRANSFORMER
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
3 1 13E370 BRAKING RESISTOR
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
4 6 33-284 CABLE PHOENIX CONTACT, 1669725
M8, FEMALE 3 POLE, 24 AWG, 3 M, STRAIGHT
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
5 7 33-447 PROX SWITCH TURCK, Bi2-EG08-AP6X-V1131
INDUCTIVE 24 VDC, 3 WIRE (PNP), NO
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
6 2 33-191 PROX SWITCH TURCK, Bi15R-Q14-AP6X2-H1141
INDUCTIVE, RING 24 VDC, 3 WIRE (PNP), NO
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
7 1 12E495 FAN JUNCTION BOX
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
9 1 33-763 MACHINE STOP BUTTON SIEMENS, 3SB38 01-2EB30-0CC0
WITH METAL ENCLOSURE BLACK W/POSITIVE LATCHING
GREY TOP PART
W/PROTECTIVE COLLAR
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
10 1 33-203 MOUNTING BASE SIEMENS, 8WD4308-0DC
METAL BASE FOR TUBE
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
11 1 33-202 MOUNTING TUBE SIEMENS, 8WD4308-0EA
METAL TUBE, 250mm LONG
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
12 1 33-433 TERMINAL ELEMENT SIEMENS, 8WD4408-0AA
FOR TUBE MOUNTING
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
13 1 33-432 LIGHT MODULE SIEMENS, 8WD4400-1AC
GREEN, STEADY LIGHT MODULE
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
15 2 33-439 SAFETY DOOR SWITCH PILZ, 504 222
MAG, SQ (INC ACT) 1 NO, 1 NC, M8x1 CONNECTOR
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
19 1 33-199 BULB SIEMENS, 8WD4328-1XX
24 VDC, 5 W, INCANDESCENT
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
5151 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E873-1
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
21 3.5m 32-442 CABLE OLFLEX, 1600107
4 CONDUCTOR, 10 AWG, CE MARK
1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE-RSR-314ER
SEALING TYPE
1 CABLE BUSHING REMKE, 312
1 LOCKNUT ANY, 1" NPT STEEL
1 INSULATING BUSHING ANY, 1" PLASTIC
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
22 4m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
STRANDED CABLE, HIGH FLEX
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
35 1 33-771 PLUG LEVITON, 430P5W
3 POLE PLUS GROUND, MAX 600VA
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
36 2.5m 33-220 CONDUIT PMA, PCSG-29B
HIGHLY FLEXIBLE, COARSE, BLAC
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
37 1 33-221 CONNECTOR PMA, NVNV-P299
STRAIGHT STRAIGHT, PG METAL THREAD
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
38 1 33-572 CONNECTOR MTG, NVNZ-P299S/STO
STRAIGHT METAL THREAD, PG29,
BL, W/SOLID GROMMET
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
39 1 7D114 CABLE PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
40 2.5m 32-762 FLEX CONDUIT CARLON, 15108
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
41 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD13AA-N-R
3 DISCONNECT, FEMALE PANDUIT, DNF18-250FIB-C
3 DISCONNECT, MALE PANDUIT, DNF18-250FIM-C
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
42 8m 33-226 CONDUIT PMA, CYLG-29B
FLEXIBLE, COARSE, BLACK
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
43 18 33-224 SUPPORT CLIP PMA, BFH-29-000
18 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1.0 x 12, ZINC PLATED
18 NYLOCK NUT M6-1.0
18 FLAT WASHER M6
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
5151 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E873-1
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
44 3 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD13NR-R
1/2 NPT
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
45 2 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD16NA-R
1/2 NPT
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
46 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD21NR-R
3/4 NPT
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
47 3 7D345 CABLE, ENCODER
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
48 3 33-273 PLUG AMP, 206485-1
3 33-272 RECEPTACLE AMP, 206486-2
6 32-405 CABLE CLAMP AMP, 206358-1
27 PINS, MALE AMP, 1-66506-0
27 PINS, FEMALE AMP, 1-66504-0
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
49 4 33-441 SHIM PLATE PILZ, 534 310
FOR SAFETY SWITCHES
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
50 1 33-400 CONNECTOR, FEMALE HARTING, 09 12 006 3001
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
51 2 PCS 33-406 CONTACTS, MALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6124
GOLD PLATED FOR PROFIBUS CONNECTION
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
52 4 PCS 33-404 CONTACTS, MALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6102
SILVER PLATED FOR DISCRETE I/O CONNECTION
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
53 1 33-415 FITTING ENLARGER SEALCON, EP-1121-BR
PG11 TO PG21
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
54 1 33-416 FITTING ENLARGER SEALCON, EP-2129-BR
PG21 TO PG29
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
55 4 STRAIN RELIEF MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M16/R
M16 x 1.5, PLASTIC
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
57 1 33-440 SAFETY DOOR SWITCH PILZ, 505 222
MAG, RND (INC ACT) 1 NO, 1 NC, M8x1 CONNECTOR
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
58 1 33-437 HOOD, WITH GASKET HARTING, 09 20 003 1443
TOP ENTRY
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
5151 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E873-1
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
---------- ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
59 2 STRAIN RELIEF MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M32/R
M32 x 1.5
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
M8, FEMALE 3 POLE, 24 AWG, 3 M, 90 DEG
---------- ------------ --------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
QTY DESCRIPTION / MATERIAL
(AS RQD) FERRULE, SINGLE, INSULATED, #10 AWG

(AMERICAN ELECTRICAL, 11121060 OR EQUIV.)
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, 20 AWG, CE MARK

(HELUKABEL, 10001 OZ)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, W/ GND, 20 AWG, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 10002)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, 20 AWG, W/ SHIELD, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 16002)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 3 COND, W/ GND, 16 AWG, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 83754)
(HELUKABEL, 18087)
(HELUKABEL, 18092)
(HELUKABEL, 18094)
(AS RQD) CABLE MARKER, WEIDMUELLER, 1631910000
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
5151 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E873-1
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
(AS RQD) CLAMPS, 1/4", PICO, 7314

FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 08 JUNE 2006 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ENGR: BJL PARTS LIST
ECN#: 4884 E9700 TYING MACHINE / UNIT
WIRING SUBASSEMBLY
I/O JUNCTION BOX
13E373-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 12E496 ENCLOSURE REWORK

---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
3 15 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, DIKD 1,5
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
4 13/80 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EB 80-DIK BU
BLUE, 80 POSITIONS
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
5 13/80 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EB 80-DIK WH
WHITE, 80 POSITIONS
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
6 3 END BRACKET PHOENIX, E/UK
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
7 2 TERMINAL STRIP MARKER PHOENIX, KLM-A
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
8 30/10 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZB6/WH
(10 LABELS PER STRIP)
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
9 0.2m DIN RAIL, LOW AB, 1492 DR-5
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
10 1 CABLE GLAND MTG-MOLTEC, BSTP-M32/R
M 32 x 1.5, PLASTIC, BLACK
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
11 1 LOCK NUT MTG-MOLTEC, BMN-M32
M 32, PLASTIC, BLACK
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
13 11 LOCK NUT MTG-MOLTEC, BMN-M12
M 12, PLASTIC, BLACK
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
14 1 HOLE PLUG McMASTER-CARR, 9357K11
FIBERGLASS FOR 1/2" OPENING
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
15 1 32-890 BACK PANEL RITTAL, KL 1560700
SHEET STEEL, 135Hx125W
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

ECN#: 4884 E9700 TYING MACHINE / UNIT
WIRING SUBASSEMBLY
I/O JUNCTION BOX
13E373-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================

FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

POWER TRANSFORMER SUBASSEMBLY
13E407-0
=========================================== ==============================
=========================================== ==============================
1 1 12E498 TRANSFORMER MANUFACTURING ASSEMBLY

400 V PRIM/460 V SEC
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
OIL-TIGHT FOR 1/2" CONDUIT OPENING
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
OIL-TIGHT FOR 1" CONDUIT OPENING
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
4 1 32-751 SWIVEL CONNECTOR RACO, 4754
BUSHING, 1" NPT RACO, 1404
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
5 1 CHASE NIPPLE, 1" NPT RACO, 1664
1 BUSHING, 1" NPT RACO, 1404
1 LOCK NUT, 1" NPT RACO, 1004
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS

(AS RQD) WIRE, BLACK #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, LIGHT BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, RED, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

BRAKING RESISTOR SUBASSEMBLY
13E370-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 33-213 ENCLOSURE HAMMOND, 1590Z162BK

BLACK DIECAST ALUM, 260Wx159Lx90D
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
2 12 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, UK 2,5 N
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
3 2 END COVER PHOENIX, D-UK 2,5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
6 0.2m DIN RAIL, LOW AB, 1492 DR-5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
7 3 33-144 BRAKING RESISTOR KEBCO, 10.F4.D50-4200
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
8 24/10 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZB 5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS


(HELUKABEL, 16009)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 6 COND, w/ GND, 16 AWG, W/ SHIELD, 600 V, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 89972)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

ENGR: TEW PARTS LIST
REV: 05 MARCH 29 E9700 TYING MACHINE
ECN#: 4500 FAN JUNCTION BOX SUBASSEMBLY
4455 12E495-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 33-352 ENCLOSURE ROSE-BOPLA, 01121208 00

PAINTED DIECAST ALUM, 120Wx122Lx81D
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
3 8/10 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EBL 10-5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
4 4 GROUND TERMINAL PHOENIX, USLKG 2,5 N
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
5 16/10 TERMINAL MARKER PHOENIX, ZB 5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
9 .2m DIN RAIL, LOW AB, 1492 DR-5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
10 5 CABLE GLAND MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M16/R
M16 x 1.5, PLASTIC
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS

1 RING LUG, 1/4" STUD, #14 - #18 AWG
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND 2/ GND, 20 AWG, CE MARK

(HELUKABEL, 10002)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 22 JAN 2008

ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5154
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
OPERATOR INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
CELBI, PORTUGAL
13E928-0
===================================================== ==============================
===================================================== ==============================
1 1 11E819 ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY

1 13C501 KEY
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
2 1 33-570 TOUCHSCREEN B&R, 5PP120.0571-27
Power Panel 100 with BIOS
(To be supplied by Andritz)
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
4 2 33-138 CONTACT SIEMENS, 3SB3420-0C
1 NC CONTACT, BASE MOUNT
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
5 1 33-765 E-STOP BUTTON SIEMENS, 3SB3000-1HA10
MAINTAINED BLK, 40MM HEAD, ACTUATOR ONLY
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
6 1 BACKING LABEL GREY, 60mm DIAM
FOR E-STOP BUTTON (LAZER ENGRAVER)
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
9 1 33-167 ENCLOSURE COUPLING ROSE, 49.850301
A-DN, ROTATING AND TILTING
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
10 1 7D414 MOUNTING FACEPLATE
1 O-RING
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
11 1 CABLE CLAMP PICO, 7317
1 FLAT WASHER M6
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
12 1 70-582 MUFFLER SMC, AN101-01
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) FERRULES, SINGLE, INSULATED, #16 AWG

FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 22 JAN 2008

ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5154
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
OPERATOR INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
CELBI, PORTUGAL
13E928-0
===================================================== ==============================
===================================================== ==============================
(AS RQD) WIRE, DARK BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) CABLE, HELUKABEL, 18087
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
1 1 13E194 ENCLOSURE MANUFACTURING ASSEMBLY

STAINLESS STEEL
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
2 1 33-756 MAIN DISCONNECT SIEMENS, LBR3040
SWITCH 40 AMP, 600V RATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
3 1 33-757 DOOR HANDLE SIEMENS, CFSH10B12
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
4 1 33-627 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 3RV1021-4AA10
MAIN 11-16 AMP ADJ, 600 V RATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
5 0.25m 33-128 BUS BAR PHOENIX, NLS-CU 3/10
FOR GROUND CONNECTION
----------- -------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
6 2 33-127 SUPPORT BLOCK PHOENIX, AB/SS
FOR GND BUS BAR
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
7 15 33-126 CONNECTION TERMINAL PHOENIX, AKG 4 GNYE
FOR GND BUS BAR
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
8 80 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, STTB 2,5
DOUBLE LEVEL SPRING CAGE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
9 10 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, ST 2,5
SINGLE LEVEL SPRING CAGE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
10 10 END COVER PHOENIX, D-STTB 2,5
DOUBLE LEVEL
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
11 2 END COVER PHOENIX, D-ST 2,5
SINGLE LEVEL
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
12 32 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZBFM 5/WH
BLANK (10 strips, 12 LABELS/STRIP)
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
13 5 PARTITION PLATE PHOENIX, ATP-STTB4
FOR ELEC ISOLATION
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
14 15 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 2-5
FOR JUMPERING 2 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
UNIVERSAL
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
HOLDS BLOCK LABELS
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
22 1.5m DIN RAIL AB, 1492 DR-6
TALL VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
23 0.5m 33-395 DIN RAIL PHOENIX, 0801733
STANDARD VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
24 2 32-933 MOUNTING RAIL SIEMENS, 482 mm LENGTH
FOR S7-300 SYSTEM
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
25 1 32-880 POWER SUPPLY - PS307 SIEMENS, 6ES7 307-1KA00-0AA0
FOR I/O 24V DC, 10A OUT
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
26 1 32-878 POWER SUPPLY - PS307 SIEMENS, 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
FOR PLC & HMI 24V DC, 2A OUT
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
27 1 33-114 PROCESSOR MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 315-2AG10-0AB0
INTEGRATED 128KB, REQ'S MMC
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
28 1 33-190 PROCESSOR MMC SIEMENS, 6ES7 953-8LJ00-0AA0
512K CARD, REQ'D FOR PROCES
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
29 1 32-876 INPUT MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
32 DIGITAL INPUTS, 24V DC
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
30 1 32-929 OUTPUT MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
32 DIGITAL OUTPUTS, 24V DC
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
31 1 33-115 PROFIBUS CP MODULE SIEMENS, 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
MODEL 342-5 COMMUNICATION PROCESSOR
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
32 2 32-926 FRONT CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 922-3BC50-0AC0
WITH CABLE FOR 32 I/O CARDS, 2.5 M
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
33 2 32-911 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
90 DEGREE, PROG INTERFACE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
34 3 32-910 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6GK1 500-0FC00
STRAIGHT
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
35 3.0m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
36 3 33-133 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2310-8
10A, 3 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
6 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
8 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
2 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, C CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
42 3 33-098 RELAY PHOENIX, ST-OV 2-24 DC/24 DC/5
SOLID STATE, DC/DC 24VDC IN, 24VDC OUT @ 5 A
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
43 1 33-350 RELAY PHOENIX, ST-REL2-KG230AC/1 A
MECHANICAL, AC/DC 230VAC COIL, 2 A CONTACT
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
45 5 33-125 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, UDK-RELG 2
2 POSITION, FOR RELAYS SCREW STYLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
46 1 33-113 SOCKET PHOENIX CONTACT, SD-D/SC/LA
FOR LAPTOP RAIL MOUNTED, GREEN, EUROP
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
47 3 33-251 PROFIBUS ADAPTER KEBCO, 00.F5.060-3000
FOR F5 DRIVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
48 3 33-275 V/F DRIVE KEBCO, 10.F5.M3D-LBD0
F5 MODEL, W/ FILTER 3 HP
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
49 3 33-394 CABLE CLIPS KEB, 00.90.T84-P014
FOR F5 DRIVE 14MM VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
50 1 33-620 E-STOP SAFETY MODULE PILZ, PNOZ X2.7P C, 787 306
CATEGORY 4 24-240 VDC & VAC, 3 N/C
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
51 1 DIODE ANY MAKE, 1N4002
OR EQUIVALENT
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
52 1 GROUNDING LUG ILSCO, TA-0
FOR MAIN GROUND
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
53 1 11C627 NAMEPLATE "PE"
FOR GROUND LUG
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
54 1 32-677 CABINET SEAL ROX SYSTEM, CF 16
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
55 4 32-670 SEAL INSERT ROX SYSTEM, CM 20W40
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
56 5 32-669 SEAL INSERT ROX SYSTEM, CM 15W40
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
57 1 32-751 SWIVEL CONNECTOR RACO, 4754
FOR TRANS CONDUIT
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
58 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE-RSR-314E
SEALING TYPE
1 CABLE BUSHING REMKE, 312
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
FIBERGLASS FOR 3/4" OPENING
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
FIBERGLASS FOR 1" OPENING
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
61 1 33-434 CABINET COOLER KIT EXAIR, 4740
NEMA 4 RATED INC. AIR DISTR KIT AND FILTER
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
62 1 12E597 CABINET THERMOSTAT
ASSEMBLY
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
63 3.0m WIRING DUCT, 1.5 X 4 PANDUIT, F1.5X4LG6
NARROW SLOT VERSION COLOR - GRAY
3.0m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C1.5LG6
25 RIVETS, NYLON PANDUIT, NR1-M
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
64 3.5m WIRING DUCT, 1 X 4 PANDUIT, F1X4LG6
NARROW SLOT VERSION COLOR - GRAY
FORM E08-B
PAGE 6/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
3.5m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C1LG6
20 RIVETS, NYLON PANDUIT, NR1-M
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
65 4 HEX HEAD SCREW M8-1.25 x 25, ZINC PLATED
4 FLAT WASHER M8, ZINC PLATED
4 NYLOC NUT M8-1.25
4 61-073 BOND SEALING WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 94708A314
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
66 1 13E275 BACK PANEL ASSEMBLY
2 HEX NUT M5-0.8, ZINC PLATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
67 4 11E976 HANDLE BRACKET SUPPORT
4 HEX HEAD SCREW M8-1.25 x 25, ZINC PLATED
4 FLAT WASHER M8, ZINC PLATED
4 NYLOC NUT M8-1.25
16 61-072 RUBBER WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 90130A040
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
68 4 7D153 HANDLE BRACKET
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
69 2 7D154 HANDLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
70 1 7D106 REINFORCING PLATE
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1 x 16, ZINC PLATED
8 NYLOC NUT M6-1
8 61-074 BOND SEALING WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 94708A312
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1.0 x 40 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
71 1 33-524 ETHERNET CP MODULE SIEMENS, 6GK73431CX000XE0
CP343-1 LEAN
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
72 1 33-572 CONNECTOR MTG, NVNZ-P299S/STO
STRAIGHT METAL THREAD, PG29,
BL, W/SOLID GROMMET
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
73 1 13E674 COOLING TUBE
FORM E08-B
PAGE 7/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
ASSEMBLY
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------

74 1 21-062 PVC CONNECTOR BOSHART IND., PVCFA-05
THREADED MALE TO 1/2" 1435-005
FEMALE PVC FEMALE ADAPTERS
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
75 1 21-063 NYLON FITTING FAIRVIEW, 555-8
90 DEGREE ELBOW 1/2"
MALE TO MALE HOSE BARB TO HOSE BARB
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
76 1 33-755 SHAFT SIEMENS, CFSS5400H
DOOR HANDLE TO
DISCONNECT SWITCH
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
77 1 33-483 3 FT CAT5 COMPUTERSTOP.COM, #CANET
CROSSOVER CABLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
80 1 7D490 HMI CLAMP PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
81 1 7D492 HMI SEAL GASKET
----------- ------------ ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
82 1 7D491 HMI SEAL PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER M6- ZINC PLATE
4 NYLOCK NUT M6-1.0
2 SOC HD SCREW M8-1.25 x 30 ZINC PLATE
SUPPLY ITEMS

FORM E08-B
PAGE 8/8
DATE: 07 DEC 27
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
LAGOAS,BRAZIL
13E871-1
======================================================= ==========================
======================================================= ==========================
(AS RQD) FERRULE, DOUBLE, INSULATED, #12 AWG

(AS RQD) FERRULE, DOUBLE, INSULATED, #16 AWG
(AS RQD) WIRE, RED, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, LIGHT BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, DARK BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)

(HELUKABEL, 16002)
(HELUKABEL, 16009)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, W/ GND, 16 AWG, SHIELD, 600 V, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 89969)
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 12 APR 05 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

LUBRICATION ASSEMBLY
12E694-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 10-906 LUBRICATION PUMP BIJUR, AIR1BAA

------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
2 4 20-966 COMPRESSION BUSHING BIJUR, B-3783
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
3 1 20-993 JUNCTION 3 WAY BIJUR, B-7692
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
4 2 10-907 POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT INJECTOR, BIJUR, ZJBE-10
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
5 4 21-038 NYLON TUBE INSERT BIJUR, 19268
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
6 4 20-965 COMPRESSION SLEEVE BIJUR, B8272
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
7 2 20-969 MALE CONNECTOR SMC, KJH04-M5
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
8 4M 21-037 NYLON TUBING BIJUR, 5N25
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
9 3 20-994 STREET ELBOW BIJUR, A-3080
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
10 1 21-036 ADAPTER BIJUR, A2835
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 06 MAY 25
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 07 APRIL 26
4877 DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E341-2
===========================================================================================
===========================================================================================
1 1 11C724 CE MARK
POP RIVET, ALUMINUM, 1/8 DIA. X 1/4
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 61-180 LABEL, LOCK OUT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 2 61-179 LABEL, SAFETY GLASSES
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
4 2 61-173 LABEL, TRIP
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
5 3 61-166 LABEL, PINCH
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
6 2 61-168 LABEL, ENTANGLEMENT
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 61-167 LABEL, ELECTRICAL WARNING
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 14C341 SERIAL PLATE
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 7D463 NAMEPLATE (OVAL)
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 61-184 LABEL, PUSH/PULL HAZARD
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 61-170 LABEL, HOT SURFACE
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 61-165 LABEL, AUTO START
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 61-249 LABEL, ANDRITZ
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
14 1 61-250 LABEL, PULP MILL TECHNOLOGIES
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 61-251 TRANSPARENT STRIP, BLUE.
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
16 2 61-252 TYPE PLATES, INDIVIDUALLY NUMBERED
PER MACHINE BY ANDRITZ
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
15 15 110
70
10
140 55 4X 70
160
2X 50
50
2X 70
100
90
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 5 2
25 170 DETAIL C DETAIL D
SCALE 1 : 5 2 SCALE 1 : 5 2
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 5 2
5 (PINCH POINT) 12 (AUTO START)

1 1 1
3 (SAFETY GLASSES) 15 14 16
(SAFETY GLASSES)
3
B (HOT SURFACE) 11
(CE) 1
A 13 1 5 (PINCH)
BOTH SIDES
16 1
C
(ELECTRICAL) 2 (ENTANGLEMENT)
6 BOTH SIDES
(LOCKOUT) 7
20mm 1
ABOVE HANDLE
E
10 (PUSH/PULL)
(PUSH/PULL) 10 D
(LOGO) 9
(SERIAL PLATE)
9 (LOGO)
2
F 8
2
4 (TRIP)
2 (TRIP) 4 FLOOR ELEVATION
20
2X 145
2X 450
45
NOTES:
1. BAG AND OR TAG WITH DRAWING NUMBER AND REVISION
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
DECAL ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700 TYING MACHINE

30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
12/15/06 2 5029 PFJ/LLC ± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
DETAIL F 08/28/06 1 4964 PFJ/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
5/27/2006 DRAWING NO REV
DETAIL E SCALE 1 : 5 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
PFJ 1:10 13E341-2
ENGR
SCALE 1 : 5 2 05/29/06 0 4877 PFJ/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
SCALE
REF DWG
12E710
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 06 AUG 15 E9700 UNITYER AND TYING MACHINE
ECN#: 4946 900mm CASTER AND SPACER ASSEMBLY
4796 13E169-2
4772
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 13E103 OUT RIGGER 900MM

------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
2 1 13E188 CASTER SPACER
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
4 1 41-007 RIDGED CASTER BASSICK, 8ER8-7
4 HEX HD BOLT, M8 - 1.25 X 50, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
5 2 41-006 SWIVEL CASTER BASSICK, 8ES8-7
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
6 6 13C313 3MM SHIM PLATE
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
9 1 13E461 CASTER SPACER BRACKET
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
10 1 14C260 NUT BAR
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
FORM E08-A
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
REFER TO SEPERATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST
2 10
1 6
8 2 9
8 5
4
FINISH SPEC
NONE
INCORPORATED
HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
CASTER AND SPACER 900mm
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 ASSEMBLY
08/10/06 2 4946 DDR/LLC DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 UNITYER AND TYING MACHINE
2/27/06 1 4796 DDR/LLC UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 1/2/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
02/09/06 0 4772 DDR/LLC
REF DWG
1:6 13E169-2
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG THIRD ANGLE
REVISION RECORD
For Schematics
Refer to
Andritz System
Schematics
PAGE 1/5
DATE: 07 OCT 05
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5167
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
CHAIN CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY 900MM
13E896-0
=========================================================================================
=========================================================================================
1 1 12E253 CONVEYOR FRAME, R.H.

---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 12E254 CONVEYOR FRAME, L.H.
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
3 6 40-959 TAP-BASE PILLOW AMI, UEPA-208
BLOCK BEARING
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
4 6 7D110 BEARING SPACER BLOCK
12 HI COLLAR LOCK WASHER, DIN 7980, M14, ZINC PLATE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 51-920 GEAR MOTOR ST67TDT90L4TF,
RATIO 24.44:1, 2 HP,
440V/3PH/60Hz, IP55,
SYMMETRICAL M1AB, SHAFT ENTRY
SIDE A, CAP SIDE B, 40 MM
SHAFT, NICKEL PLATED, TF
THERMISTOR CLASS F, TERMINAL
BOX AT 180, STANDARD CABLE
ENTRY, WITH TORQUE ARM AND
BOLTS
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 51-921 GEAR MOTOR ST67TDT90L4TF,
RATIO 24.44:1, 2 HP,
440V/3PH/60Hz, IP55,
SYMMETRICAL M1AB, SHAFT ENTRY
SIDE B, CAP SIDE A, 40 MM
SHAFT, NICKEL PLATED, TF
THERMISTOR CLASS F, TERMINAL
BOX AT 0, STANDARD CABLE
ENTRY, WITH TORQUE ARM AND
BOLTS
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
7 2 13C360 LINE SHAFT
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/5
DATE: 07 OCT 05
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5167
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
13E896-0
=========================================================================================
=========================================================================================
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------

8 8 7D111 SPROCKET
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
9 8 51-772 TORQUE LOCK HUB B-LOC, B106 40
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
10 8 7D241 SPROCKET
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
11 16 40-992 BEARING NSK, 6005-DDU-NR
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
12 16 13C362 PLATE WASHER
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
13 4 12E255 PIVOT ARM BRACKET
4 SQUARE HEAD BOLT, DIN 479, M12 - 1.75 X 50
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
14 4 13E139 CONVEYOR PIVOT ARM
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
15 4 12E257 CONVEYOR STATIONARY ARM
4 SQUARE HEAD BOLT, DIN 479, M12 - 1.75 X 50
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
16 10 61-049 SHAFT MISUMI, SFAK25-90-F10
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
17 12 61-050 SHAFT KEEPER MISUMI, WSHPK6
----------------------- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
19 4 13C636 STATIONARY ARM CHAIN GUIDE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
20 4 13C637 PIVOT ARM CHAIN GUIDE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
21 4 13C638 BRACKET CHAIN GUIDE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
22 2 7D109 TORQUE ARM BRACKET
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
23 16 13C363 GUIDE BAR
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/5
DATE: 07 OCT 05
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5167
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
13E896-0
=========================================================================================
=========================================================================================

---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
24 2 61-242 SHAFT MISUMI, SFAK25-200-F85
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
25 16 13C639 CHAIN GUIDE KEEPER, LH
16 61-111 MISUMI SSPR4-20, ROLL PIN 20mm LONG
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
26 8 13C644 CHAIN GUIDE KEEPER, RH
8 61-112 MISUMI SSPR4-25, ROLL PIN 25mm LONG
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
27 4 61-066 GAS SPRING MCMASTER-CARR, 9416K14-90 LBS
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
28 6 61-067 BALL JOINT MCMASTER-CARR, 6465K45
4 NYLOC NUT, M8 - 1.25
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
29 2 13E890 SWITCH GUARD
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
30 2 13E892 ACTUATOR ARM
2 SHOULDER BOLT, (M10) 12 X 20
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
31 2 14C404 SPRING TENSION ROD
2 NYLOCK NUT, M6 - 1.0
4 HEX NUT, M6 - 1.0, ZINC PLATE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
32 2 61-260 SPRING, CENTURY, 10290
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
33 2 7D428 ROLLER WHEEL
2 SHOULDER BOLT, (M10) 12 X 30
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
34 2 40-591 BUSHING, GARLOCK, FMB1212DU
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
40 8 13C372 SPACER
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/5
DATE: 07 OCT 05
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5167
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
13E896-0
=========================================================================================
=========================================================================================
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------

41 8 61-052 SHIM FABORY, DIN 988,
25 X 35 X 1 T
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
43 8 51-794 CHAIN REXNORD
51 LINKS + 1 CONNECTING LINK
FOR A TOTAL OF 52 LINKS
*CUSTOM CONVEYOR CHAIN MANUF.
BY REXNORD FOR ANDRITZ. CHAIN
IS USED ON CONVEYORS FOR
MONDI PULP. PURCHASE CHAIN
FROM ANDRITZ
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
44 4 13C441 GAS SPRING MOUNT
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
45 4 13C440 CLEVIS
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
46 4 61-065 SHOULDER SCREW, FABORY, DIN 923, M5X12,
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
47 4 13C442 CHAIN GUIDE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
48 2 61-243 SHAFT MISUMI, SFR20-320
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
49 4 61-244 SHAFT COLLAR MISUMI, SCSM20-15
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
52 4 7D182 TAP PAD
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
53 8 7D183 SHIM, 6.35mm
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
54 8 7D184 SHIM, 3mm
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
55 8 7D185 SHIM, 1.5mm
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
56 1 13E189 LOCATING BRACKET, LH
4 HEX HD FLANGE BOLT, DIN 6921, M12 - 1.75 X 40,
ZINC PLATE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/5
DATE: 07 OCT 05
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5167
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
13E896-0
=========================================================================================
=========================================================================================
57 1 13E190 LOCATING BRACKET, RH

4 HEX HD FLANGE BOLT, DIN 6921, M12 - 1.75 X 40,
ZINC PLATE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
58 1 13C266 LOCATING CATCH
1 SHOULDER SCREW, M10 - 12 X 40, ZINC PLATE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
59 2 61-040 WHEEL MCMASTER-CARR, 2781T57
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
60 2 13C316 THRUST WASHER
2 SNAP RING, DIN 471 - 19mm, ROTOR CLIP, DSH-19
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
61 1 61-041 LIFTING EYE NUT FABORY, 16110, M6
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
62 1 21-015 BULKHEAD FITTING MCMASTER-CARR, 4936K204
1/2 BSPP TO 1/2 BSPP
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
63 1 21-030 ADAPTER FESTO, 9627
1/2 FPT - 1/2 ISO
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
64 1 21-029 QUICK DISCONNECT MCMASTER-CARR, 6536K51
1/2" NPTF FEMALE
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
65 2 13C679 18mm PROX CLAMP
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
66 4 13C680 18mm PROX FLAG
---------- ------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PIECE QTY REFER TO CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST
43
19
41
11
10
11
41
25
20
40 16
14
11 49 17
10 25
62 26 66
11
63
40 15
64
21
16
2 17
26
20 49 43
17 25
40 65
1 12
11
10
11 14
26 48
40 28
27 16
21 47
26
46 17 25
24 44
25 45 13
12
NOTE:
ASSEMBLY OF L.H. CONVEYOR FRAME IS
MIRRORED TO THE R.H. CONVEYOR FRAME
L.H. ASSEMBLY NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY
28 FINISH SPEC
43 BURLINGTON, ON
27 46 45 47 17 44 16 25 12 13 12 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
CHAIN CONVEYOR ASSY

± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
E9700 TYING MACHINE

± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:5 13E896-0
ENGR SCALE
10/05/07 0 5167 DDR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
13E208
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
29
PROXIMITY SWITCH
30
33 31
34
28 THRU 34
32
28
56
59
60
61
58 55 8X
57
54 8X TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
59 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
53 8X LENGTH MACHINED
OTHER THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
60
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
CHAIN CONVEYOR ASSY

52 4X
E9700 TYING MACHINE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
DDR 1:5 13E896-0
ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E208
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
5
3
4
8
9
8
9
3
4
6
8 3
9 22
7
8
8
9
9
7 8
9
3 3
4 8
23 8X
6
4
22
9 4
8
9
2 3
4
4
23 8X
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
CHAIN CONVEYOR ASSY

E9700 TYING MACHINE

± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
DDR 1:5 13E896-0
ENGR SCALE
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E208
PROJECTION
SHEET 3 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
REV: 08 APRIL 10
CONVEYOR WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E876-1
==================================================== =====================================
==================================================== =====================================
1 2 33-513 PROXIMITY SWITCH IFM Efector, IGS209

INDUCTIVE, 18MM 24 VDC, 3-WIRE (PNP), NO
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 32-909 PROXIMITY SWITCH TELEMECANIQUE, XS1M12PA370D
INDUCTIVE, 12MM 24 VDC, 3-WIRE (PNP), NO
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
3 2 33-353 CABLE PHOENIX, 16 68 24 7
M12, FEMALE 4 POLE, 24 AWG, 5 M, 90 DEG
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 33-772 RECEPTACLE LEVITON, 430R5W
3 POLE PLUS GROUND, MAX 600VAC
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 33-773 BACK BOX LEVITON, BX230-V
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 33-414 ADAPTER McMASTER-CARR, 7842K8
1" NPT TO PG 16
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6m 33-355 CONDUIT PMA, CYLT-17B
----------- ------------ ------------------- -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
8 14 33-356 SUPPORT CLIP PMA, BFH-17-00
14 NYLOCK NUT M6-1.0
14 FLAT WASHER M6
----------- ------------ ------------------- -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
9 1 12E499 COMMUNICATION CABLE
ASSEMBLY
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
11 2 13E272 CONVEYOR JUNCTION BOX
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
12 2 33-636 CABLE IFM Efector, E18006
M12, FEMALE TPE-S CABLE 10M, STRAIGHT, 22AWG
----------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
REV: 08 APRIL 10
CONVEYOR WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E876-1
==================================================== =====================================
==================================================== =====================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/2

REV: 05 MARCH 29 E9700 TYING MACHINE CONVEYOR
ECN#: 4500 COMMUNICATION J-BOX SUBASSEMBLY
4455 12E499-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 33-396 ENCLOSURE HAMMOND, R100-122-000

ALUMINUM, 120x180x100 (MM)
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
2 4 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, 30 03 34 7
UK 2,5 N
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
3 1 END COVER PHOENIX, 30 01 02 2
D-UK 2,5
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
4 2 END BRACKET PHOENIX, 12 01 44 2
E/UK
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
5 8/10 TERMINAL STRIP MARKER PHOENIX, 10 50 00 4
ZB 5: UNPRINTED
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
6 0.2m 33-395 DIN RAIL PHOENIX, 08 01 73 3
NS 35/7,5 PERFORATED
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
7 1 33-391 FEED THROUGH MODULE PHOENIX, 2962722
DB9-F TO TERMINAL STRIP
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
8 1 32-911 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
90 DEGREE, PROG INTERFACE
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
9 0.3m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
10 1 33-402 HOUSING HARTING, 09 20 003 1250
BULKHEAD MOUNTED
2 NYLOCK NUT, M3 - .5
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
11 1 33-399 CONNECTOR, MALE HARTING, 09 12 006 2794
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
12 2 PCS 33-405 CONTACTS, FEMALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6224
GOLD PLATED FOR PROFIBUS CONNECTION
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

REV: 05 MARCH 29 E9700 TYING MACHINE CONVEYOR
ECN#: 4500 COMMUNICATION J-BOX SUBASSEMBLY
4455 12E499-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
14 1 HOLE PLUG MCMASTER-CARR, 7381K13

PG11, METAL
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
15 2 STRAIN RELIEF MTG-MOLTEC, BSTP-M25/R
M25x1.5, PLASTIC, BLACK
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
17 1 13C730 CONNECTOR SPACER
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
18 1 61-137 O-RING MCMASTER-CARR, 9452K72
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS

(AS RQD) WIRE, BLUE #18 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) HEAT SHRINK, BLACK, SHRINKS TO 7.5MM (ORIGINAL 9.5MM)

(AS RQD) HEAT SHRINK, BLACK, SHRINKS TO 1.0MM (ORIGINAL 4.0MM)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 03 APRIL 2006 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ECN#: 4953 CONVEYOR BOX
4832 13E272-1
============================================ =============================
============================================ =============================
1 1 33-569 ENCLOSURE ROSE 02.12 12 09

120Wx122Lx90D
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
3 2 TERMINAL MARKER PHOENIX, ZB 5
(10 LABELS PER STRIP)
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
7 .2m DIN RAIL, LOW AB, 1492 DR-5
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
----- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL
REFER TO SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST
EX-
1 2 3 4 1+ 2+ 3+ 4+ 1- 2- 3- 4- DO NOT LABLE PE TERMINALS
WIRING DETAIL
3 2
106
4X 6.30
105
5 95
82
18
36 6
5
DIN RAIL REWORK DETAIL
VIEW A-A
14
14 9
33 14 8
14
17
NOTES:
24 1. BAG AND OR TAG WITH DRAWING NUMBER AND REVISION

2. INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
M20 A A LENGTH MACHINED

OTHER
PROCESSES
OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
4X M12
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
CONVEYOR
NOTE: DRILL AND TAP NORMAL TO SIDE SHOWN CABLE ROUTING DETAIL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 JUNCTION BOX SUB ASSEMBLY
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 TYIUNG MACHINE
08/30/06 1 4953 GAO/RDG 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, RDG 4/3/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM GAO SCALE
04/03/06 0 4832 BJL/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:1 13E272-1
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 12E495
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 05 APR 19
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 08 FEB 21
5065 MODEL E9700 TYING MACHINE CONVEYOR
4517 DECAL ASSEMBLY
12E709-2
======================================================== ==================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION / MATERIAL
======================================================== ==================================
1 2 11C724 CE MARK
POP RIVET, ALUMINUM, 1/8 DIA. X 1/4
---------- ------------- -------------------------- -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
---------- ------------- -------------------------- -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
3 4 61-168 LABEL, ENTANGLEMENT
---------- ------------- -------------------------- -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
4 2 14C341 SERIAL PLATE
---------- ------------- -------------------------- -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
5 4 61-165 LABEL, AUTOMATIC START
---------- ------------- -------------------------- -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
For Schematics
Refer to
Andritz System
Schematics
PAGE 1/2

ECN#: 4618 MAINTENANCE STATION ASSEMBLY
E9700 TYING MACHINE / TYING UNIT
12E876-0
========================================= ================================
========================================= ================================
1 1 33-242 RECEPTACLE HUBBELL, HBL430R5W

3 POLE PLUS GROUND, MAX 600VAC
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
2 1 32-093 BACK BOX HUBBELL, BB301W
METALLIC
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
3 1 13C962 ENCLOSURE
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
4 1 33-402 HOUSING HARTING, 09 20 003 1250
BULKHEAD MOUNTED
2 NYLOCK NUT, M3 - .5
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
5 1 33-399 CONNECTOR, MALE HARTING, 09 12 006 2794
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
7 1 33-497 HOLE PLUG MCMASTER-CARR, 7381K13
PG11, METAL
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
8 1 13C730 CONNECTOR SPACER
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
9 1 61-137 O-RING MCMASTER-CARR, 9452K72
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
10 1 12E877 MOUNTING PLATE
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
11 2 70-246 T-BRACKET SMC, E40T-N04
4 FLAT WASHER, M8
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
12 1 70-475 FILTER REGULATOR SMC, NAW4000-N04G
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
13 1 21-043 NIPPLE MCMASTER-CARR, 50925K141
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
14 1 21-029 QUICK DISCONNECT MCMASTER-CARR, 6536K51
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
15 1 21-030 ADAPTER FESTO, 9627
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

ECN#: 4618 MAINTENANCE STATION ASSEMBLY
E9700 TYING MACHINE / TYING UNIT
12E876-0
========================================= ================================
========================================= ================================
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------

16 1 20-227 STREET ELBOW PARKER, 1/2CD-5
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLUE #18 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
COIL CARRIER ASSEMBLY
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
=======================================================================================
1 1 13E988 BASE
1 NYLOCK NUT, M12 - 1.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 41-006 CASTER, BASSICK 8ES8-7
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 20 ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 41-007 CASTER, BASSICK 8ER8-7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 4 7D494 DOOR PIVOT BRACKET
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 2 61-263 THRUST WASHER, MISUMI, JZW 21
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 2 13E978 DOOR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 61-383 LATCH , DESTACO 331-R
6 NYLOCK NUT, M6-1.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 13E401 EXIT PULLEY BRACKET
2 HEX HD SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 25, ZINC PLATE
2 FLAT WASHER, M10
1 HEX HD SCREW, FULL LENGTH THREAD, M6 - 1.0 X 45,
ZINC PLATE
1 NUT, M6 - 1.0, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 13E987 DOOR STOP
4 FLAT WASHER M10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 4 14C124 WIRE GUIDE BLOCK
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
=======================================================================================
4 SOC HD SET SCREW, M6 - 1 X 10, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 4 12C469 WEAR BUSHING
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 3 61-264 SHAFT, MISUMI, FXHA25-4-F27
3 SNAP RING, DIN 471, 25MM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 6 40-992 BEARING, NSK, 6005-DDU-NR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 3 7D430 WIRE PULLEY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 3 61-119 SUPPORT BUSHING ECCENTRIC, BISHOP WISECARVER,
MBX3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 4 41-021 SUPPORT BUSHING, BISHOP WISECARVER, BX3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 7 40-585 ROLLER, BISHOP WISECARVER, W3X
7 LOCK WASHER, M10 STD, ZINC PLATE
7 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 1 13E950 OVERHEAD ARM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 2 61-207 CLAMP COLLAR, MISUMI, PSDN 30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 1 61-064 TEE NUT, FABORY, 16196, M8 X 10
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
21 1 13E402 EXIT PULLEY COVER
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
=======================================================================================
1 FLAT WASHER, (M16), ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
22 1 61-037 LATCH SOUTHCO, E3-32-25
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
23 1 61-038 KEY SOUTHCO, E3-2-1
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
24 3 14C220 STEP TREAD
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
25 1 13C708 LOCATING PIN
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
26 1 13E925 WIRE GUIDE
4 FLAT WASHER M8 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
27 1 14C414 WIRE GUIDE BLOCK
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
28 4 7D495 DOOR PIVOT
4 SOC HD SCREW M12-1.75 ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M12 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
FORM E08-A
26
27
B 6
15
17 28
12
13 4
14
13
10
6
11 18
7
19 15
17
28 9
12 11
19
13 10 24
4 5
14
13
28
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 5 4
8
11
10
12 A
15
17
14 13
13
3
22
21
2
25
5 3
2
9 28
20
4
10
11
16 FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
17 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 5
E9700
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:10 13E898-0
ENGR SCALE
01/15/08 0 5241 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 08 MARCH 13
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5283
PARTS LIST
MODEL E9700
PAYOFF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
14E054-0
============== =============================================================================
========================= ==================================================================
1 1 12E317 PAYOFF RING

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 61-135 QUICK RELEASE PIN, MCMASTER CARR, 95165A094
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 61-125 LANYARD, MCMASTER CARR, 3034ST17
1 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 30 ZINC PLATE
1 LOCK WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
1 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 13E413 EXTENSION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 12C469 WEAR BUSHING
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
1 1 SEE SEPERATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST

30 1
31 1
1
2
3
4
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
PAYOFF SYSTEM ASSY
E9700
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
DDR 1:20 14E054-0
ENGR SCALE
03/13/2008 0 5283 JR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
13E853
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 06 NOV 22 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ENGR: PFJ PARTS LIST
ECN#: 5022 MODEL E9700 UNITYER
COIL CARRIER
DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E591-0
=========================================== =============================
=========================================== =============================
1 2 61-176 LABEL, FOOT PROTECTION

------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
2 1 61-175 LABEL, DO NOT REMOVE GUARDS
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
3 2 61-169 LABEL, FALL
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
5 2 61-184 LABEL, PUSH/PULL HAZARD
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
FORM E08-A
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
1 1 SEE SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST

50 2
51 7
52 8
53 5
54 2
55 2
56 4
57 1
58 2
59 1
60 3
61 2
62 1
63 1
1 (FOOT PROTECTION)
(FALL) 3
3 (FALL)
(PUSH/PULL) 5
5 (PUSH/PULL)
(FOOT PROTECTION) 1 2 (DO NOT REMOVE GUARD)
4 (PINCH)
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
DECAL ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 2/16/2005
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
11/22/06 0 5022 PFJ/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:10 13E591-0
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 12E712
REVISION RECORD
915
1334 COIL CARRIER 36in
TOUCHSCREEN
52.5in DISPLAY (MAXIMUM OPENING AT
25mm FROM TOP OF TWISTER
TO TOP OF CONVEYOR)
FEED AND
TENSION UNIT 945
FRAME 37.2in
TRACK
2995
117.9in
MAXIMUM
2695
[106.5IN]
610
MINIMUM
24.02in
MAX
OPENING
1704.1
67.09in
900
35.43in
CONVEYOR HEIGHT
(AS SHOWN)
(533 MIN. [21in])
FLOOR PLATE
686 FLOOR PLATE
27in
1372 CONVEYOR
54in CENTERLINE
(CONVEYOR GAP)
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
LAGOAS
E9700 TYING MACH WITH CONV

± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:12 13E998-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
02/04/08 0 5251 DDR/LLC 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
LOAD COIL CARRIER
FROM THIS SIDE
2377 TO CENTERLINE OF LOCATING PIN
93.6in
A A
2550 1500
100.4in 59.1in
1450
57.1in
725
1268 28.5in
49.9in
TO CENTERLINE
OF LOCATING PIN
1180
46.5in
610
24in
SECTION A-A B CL CONVEYOR CENTERLINE

2635
103.7iin
1050 3651
COIL CARRIER 41.4in 143.7in
FLOOR ELEVATION
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
COIL CARRIER STOP TUBE
LAGOAS
TUBE, 41mm I.D.
E9700 TYING MACH WITH CONV
150mm BELOW FLOOR MIN. ± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
DETAIL B 120 TO 400
SCALE 1 : 5 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
DDR 1:10 13E998-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
COIL CARRIER
2377
93.6in
A A CL CONVEYOR
CENTERLINE
600 600 600 450

23.6in 23.6in 23.6in 17.7in
75 1351
3in 53.2in
1268
49.9in
725
28.5in 625
24.6in
325 75 75
12.8in 3in 3in
325
1450 12.8in 4X M12-1.75 THRU
57.1in FOR LEVELING SCREWS
625
24.6in
DIRECTION OF
MACHINE WITHDRAWL 1300
GROUT HOLES
8X 150 THRU
SECTION A-A B
6X 17 THRU
FOR 16mm
1000 1000 300 ANCHOR BOLTS
39.4in 39.4in 11.8in
2700
106.3in
COIL CARRIER
FLOOR ELEVATION
NOTE:
1. FLOOR PLATE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH FLOOR ELEVATION
2. FLOOR PLATE TO BE LEVEL 1.5mm
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
COIL CARRIER STOP TUBE
LOGOAS
TUBE, 41mm I.D.
E9700 TYING MACHINE
150mm (6in) BELOW FLOOR MIN. ± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
DETAIL B 120 TO 400
SCALE 1 : 5 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
DDR 1:10 13E999-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
01/30/08 0 5251 DDR/LLC 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
2X 1857
73.1in
2X 1810
71.3in
1334
52.5 2X 1600
63in
CL BALE LINE
674.6
2X 180
R285 2X 25
45° 55
CL GAP
64.4 27.5
725
674.6
WELD GUIDE TUBES AT INSTALLATION LOCATE CONVEYOR FRAMES

CENTER TYING MACHINE BETWEEN AND WELD TAPPED PADS TO
THE CONVEYOR FRAMES 2X 730 2X 730 FLOOR PLATE AT INSTALLATION
LOCATE GUIDE TUBES AND WELD OF CONVEYOR (4 PLACES)
TO FLOOR PLATES
686 775
FLOOR PLATE
27.0 INSTALLED FLUSH
1372 WITH FLOOR ELEVATION
54.0
(CONVEYOR GAP)
FLOOR PLATE 1450mm [57.1in] X 2700mm [106.3in]
X 13mm [0.5in] THICK TO SUPPORT 1773Kg [3900LBS] GUIDE TUBE DETAIL AND INSTALLATION
.045Kg/cm 2 [1.5LBS/in2 ] (BY CUSTOMER)
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
LOGOAS
E9700 TYING MACHINE

± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:12 13E999-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
2529 DOORS OPEN
1470
1610 262
COIL CARRIER
2995 CAGE
MAX. HEIGHT
2695
MIN. HEIGHT
300
FINISH SPEC
NONE
COIL CARRIER (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
BURLINGTON, ON
BASE ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
E9700
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:10 13E933-0
ENGR SCALE
11/05/07 0 5186 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
COMMERCIAL
PARTS
Cabinet Coolers
Cabinet Coolers™
Stop electronic control downtime
due to heat, dirt and moisture!
Cabinet Coolers maintain

NEMA 4, 4X and NEMA 12
integrity and are
.
What Are EXAIR Cabinet Coolers?

A low cost, reliable way to cool and purge electronic control panels.
EXAIR Cabinet Coolers incorporate a vortex tube to produce cold air
from compressed air - with no moving parts. The compact Cabinet
Cooler can be installed in minutes through a standard electrical
knockout. NEMA 4, 4X and 12 Cabinet Coolers that match the NEMA
rating of the enclosure are available in many cooling capacities for large
and small control panels.
Why EXAIR Cabinet Coolers?
The vortex tubes incorporated in the EXAIR Cabinet Coolers are
constructed of stainless steel. The wear, corrosion and oxidation A Model 4830 NEMA 4 Cabinet
resistance of stainless steel assures long life and maintenance free Cooler cools a panel with 20°F
operation. All Cabinet Coolers are UL Listed. air while keeping the inside dry.
Applications Advantages
• Programmable controllers • Low cost • Purge models for non-hazardous
locations available
• Line control cabinets • Compact
• Motor control centers • Quiet - less than 75 dBA • Maintain NEMA 4, 4X and 12
integrity
• Relay panels • Install in minutes
• No CFC’s • Stop nuisance tripping
• NC/CNC systems
• No moving parts — maintenance • Stop heat damage
• Modular control centers free • Eliminate fans and filters
• CCTV cameras
• Mount in standard electrical • Eliminate lost production
• Computer cabinets knockout • Stop circuit drift
• Cool laser housings • Provide washdown protection • Stop dirt contamination
• Electronic scales • High temp. models for ambients • Stabilize enclosure temperature
up to 200°F (93°C) available
Corporation • 1250 Century Circle North • Cincinnati, OH 45246-3309 • Phone (513) 671-3322
FAX (513) 671-3363 • E-mail: techelp@exair.com • www.exair.com 89
Cabinet Coolers
How The EXAIR Cabinet Cooler Works
Hot Air from Vortex Tube

Compressed
Air Supply
Cabinet Air Exhaust
Hot Air From Cabinet
Cold Air
Compressed air enters the vortex tube powered Cabinet Cooler and is converted
into two streams, one hot and one cold. (For complete information on vortex tube Cabinet Coolers are compact,
operation, see the “Vortex Tube and Spot Cooling” section of this catalog.) Hot air like this Model 4608 NEMA 4
from the vortex tube is muffled and exhausted through the vortex tube exhaust. measuring only 5” (13cm) high!
The cold air is discharged into the control cabinet through the cold air distribution
kit. The displaced hot air in the cabinet rises and exhausts to atmosphere through
the cabinet air exhaust at a slight positive pressure. Thus, the control cabinet is
both cooled and purged with cool, clean air. Outside air is never allowed to enter
the control panel.
Selecting The Right Model

EXAIR Cabinet Coolers are available with or without thermostat
control. The continuous coolers (Model 4200 and 4700 series) are
recommended when constant cooling and a constant positive purge are
desirable. The thermostatically controlled systems (Model 4300 and
4800 series) save air by activating the cooler only when internal High Temperature Cabinet
temperatures approach critical levels. The adjustable thermostat is Coolers for ambients up to
200°F (93°C) are available.
factory set at 95°F (35°C). Thermostatic systems are recommended
where heat load fluctuates and continual purge is not required.
All EXAIR Cabinet Cooler Systems contain a 5 micron, Automatic Drain
Filter for the compressed air supply and a Cold Air Distribution Kit to
circulate the cold air throughout the enclosure. See page 94 for details.
Special Cabinet Coolers
EXAIR manufactures special NEMA 4, 4X and 12 Cabinet Coolers
suited to specific environmental requirements:
High Temperature Cabinet Coolers (shown middle right) for ambients
of 125° to 200°F (52° to 93°C) are available. Internal components can The continuous purge of the
withstand high temperatures (like those near furnaces, ovens, etc.). NHP Cabinet Cooler System
The Non-Hazardous Purge Cabinet Cooler Systems keeps dirt, heat and moisture
(shown bottom right) are ideal for dirty areas where contaminants out of the enclosure.
might normally pass through small holes or conduits. Under normal
conditions, the NHP Cabinet Cooler Systems provide a slight positive pressure in the enclosure by passing
1 SCFM (28 SLPM) of air through the cooler. When the thermostat detects high temperature, it energizes the
solenoid valve to pass full line pressure to the Cabinet Cooler, giving it full cooling capability.
Cabinet Cooler Systems up to 2800 Btu/hr. (706 Kcal/hr.) capacity are available. They are ideal for
applications where the heat load is extremely high.
If you have special requirements, please contact an Application Engineer to discuss the application.
For Technical Assistance, Call An EXAIR Application Engineer 1-800-903-9247

90 FAX (513) 671-3363 • E-mail: techelp@exair.com • www.exair.com
Cabinet Coolers
Environmental Considerations 2. Then, calculate outside heat transfer as follows:

NEMA 12 Cabinet Coolers (dust-tight, oil-tight) are a. Determine the area in square feet exposed to
ideal for general industrial environments where no the air, ignoring the top of the cabinet.
liquids or corrosives are present. b. Determine the temperature differential
NEMA 4 Cabinet Coolers (dust-tight, oil-tight, splash between maximum surrounding temperature
resistant, indoor/outdoor service) incorporate a low and desired internal temperature. Then,
pressure relief valve for both the vortex tube and using the Temperature Conversion Table
cabinet air exhaust. This valve closes and seals when (below), determine the Btu/hr./ft.2 for that
the cooler is not operating, to maintain the integrity differential. Multiplying the cabinet surface
of a NEMA 4 enclosure. area times Btu/hr./ft.2 provides external heat
NEMA 4X Cabinet Coolers offer the same protection transfer in Btu/hr.
as NEMA 4 but are constructed of 304 stainless steel 3. Add internal and external heat loads for total heat
for service in corrosive environments. load.
See page 96 for a complete description of each
Temperature Conversion Table
Cabinet Cooler and Cabinet Cooler Systems.
Temperature
Cabinet Cooler Specifications Btu/hr./ft.2
Differential ° F
Capacity Capacity Thermostat 5 1.5
Model #
Btu/hr. Kcal/hr. Control
10 3.3
4208 550 139 No
15 5.1
NEMA 12 4225 1700 428 No
20 7.1
(Dust, oil 4230 2000 504 No
resistant) 4308 550 139 Yes 25 9.1
4325 1700 428 Yes 30 11.3
4330 2000 504 Yes 35 13.8
4708 550 139 No 40 16.2
4725 1700 428 No
NEMA 4 4730 2000 504 No Example:
(Splash 4808 550 139 Yes
resistant) Internal heat dissipation: 471 Watts or 1606 Btu/hr.
4825 1700 428 Yes
4830 2000 504 Yes Cabinet area: 40 ft.2
4708SS 550 139 No Maximum outside temperature: 110°F
4725SS 1700 428 No
NEMA 4X Desired internal temperature: 95°F
4730SS 2000 504 No
(Corrosion The conversion table (above) shows that a 15°F temperature
4808SS 550 139 Yes
resistant) differential inputs 5.1 Btu/hr./ft.2
4825SS 1700 428 Yes
4830SS 2000 504 Yes 40 sq. ft. x 5.1 Btu/hr./ft.2 = 204 Btu/hr. external heat load.
Sizing Guide - How To Calculate Heat Load Therefore, 204 Btu/hr. external heat load plus 1606 Btu/hr.
internal heat load = 1810 Btu/hr. total heat load or Btu/hr.
For Your Enclosure refrigeration required to maintain desired temperature.
To determine the correct model for your application,
In this example, the correct choice is a 2000 Btu/hr. Cabinet
it is first necessary to determine the total heat load
Cooler System. Choose a Cabinet Cooler model by
to which the control panel is subjected. This total determining the NEMA rating of the enclosure (type of
heat load is the combination of two factors - heat environment), and with or without thermostat control.
dissipated within the enclosure and heat transfer from
outside into the enclosure. Need Help Sizing EXAIR Cabinet Coolers?
To Calculate Btu/hr.: 1. Fill out and fax us the “Cabinet Cooler Sizing
1. First, determine the approximate watts of heat Guide” on page 93.
generated within the enclosure. Watts x 3.41 = 2. For answers NOW, call our Application
Btu/hr. Engineering Department at 1-800-90-EXAIR.
Cabinet Coolers
To Calculate Kcal/hr.: Dimensions

1. First, determine the approximate watts of heat Model #’s Model #’s 1.34"
1.17"
generated within the enclosure. Watts x .86 = NEMA 12 30mm NEMA 12 34mm
Kcal/hr. 4008 4025

4208 4030
2. Then, calculate outside heat transfer as follows: 1/8" NPT 8.0"
4308 5.2" 4225
a. Determine the area in square meters 131mm
1/4" NPT 203mm
4230
exposed to the air, ignoring the top of the
1.94" 4325
cabinet. 49mm
2.38"
60mm
4330
b. Determine the temperature differential 0.88" (22mm) 1.13" (29mm)
Dia. Mounting Hole
between maximum surrounding temperature 1/2" NPS
Dia. Mounting Hole
3/4" NPS
and desired internal temperature. Then,
using the Metric Temperature Conversion Model #’s 1.75"
44mm
Table (below), determine the Kcal/hr./m2 NEMA 4 NEMA 4X
for that differential. Multiplying the cabinet 4608 4608SS

4.97"
surface area times Kcal/hr./m2 provides 4708 4708SS 1/8" NPT
126mm
0.38"
external heat transfer in Kcal/hr. 4808 4808SS 10mm
3. Add internal and external heat loads for total heat

load.
Cabinet Coolers
1.25" (32mm)
Dia. Mounting Hole
Temperature Conversion Table 1" NPS

(METRIC)
2.5"
Temperature Model #’s 64mm
Kcal/hr./m2 NEMA 4 NEMA 4X
Differential ° C
4625 4625SS
3 4.5 1/4" NPT 7.25"
4630 4630SS 184mm
6 9.7 0.81"
21mm
4725 4725SS 0.72"
9 15.1 18mm
4730 4730SS
12 21.0
4825 4825SS
15 27.0 4830 4830SS 1.94" (49mm)
Dia. Mounting Hole 5.88"
18 34.0 149mm
1-1/2" NPS
21 41.0
Example:
Internal heat dissipation: 471 Watts or 405 Kcal/hr.
Cabinet area: 3.7m2

Maximum outside temperature: 44°C
Desired internal temperature: 35°C
The conversion table (above) shows that a 9°C temperature
differential inputs 15.1 Kcal/hr./m2.
3.7m2 x 15.1 Kcal/hr./m2 = 56 Kcal/hr. external heat load.
Therefore, 56 Kcal/hr. external heat load plus 405 Kcal/hr.
internal heat load = 461 Kcal/hr. total heat load or Kcal/hr.
refrigeration required to maintain desired temperature.
In this example, the correct choice is a 504 Kcal/hr. Cabinet
Cooler System. Choose a Cabinet Cooler model by
determining the NEMA rating of the enclosure (type of NEMA 4, 4X and 12 Cabinet Coolers are available
environment), and with or without thermostat control. in many cooling capacities for large and small
control panels.

Cabinet Coolers
FAX Us The Facts!

Use this form to fax us information about your control panel cooling problem. We'll fax back our
recommended solution within 24 hours.
Our FAX Number is (513) 671-3363

----------------------------------------------------------------
Cabinet Cooler Sizing Guide
To: Application Engineering Department, Corporation
From: Name
Company
FAX number
Phone number Ext.
E-mail
Cabinet Coolers
I have completed the information below. I want to know which EXAIR Cabinet Cooler is the best
choice for my control panel.
4. External temperature now? °F or °C

circle one
____ 5. Internal temperature now? °F or °C
circle one
3. Depth?
6. Maximum external temperature
possible? °F or °C
circle one
7. Maximum internal temperature

____
1. Height? desired? °F or °C
circle one
8. My cabinet rating is:

NEMA 12 (dust, oil resistant)
NEMA 4 (splash resistant)
NEMA 4X (corrosion resistant)
____ Other (explain)
2. Width?
9. My cabinet is (check all that apply):

vented - outside air circulates through the
enclosure
not vented - outside air does not circulate
through the enclosure
free standing
In a hurry? For help NOW, call
our Application Engineering wall mounted
Department 1-800-90-EXAIR.
Cabinet Coolers
Humidity: For a continuous

operating Cabinet Cooler, relative
humidity inside the enclosure
stabilizes at 45%. No moisture
condenses inside the enclosure.
(The enclosure must be sealed to
prevent condensation.)
Inlet Air Temperature: Cabinet
Cold Air Distribution Kit: The Cooler Systems provide a 50°F Solenoid Valve and Thermostat.
kit includes a length of flexible (28°C) temperature drop from
vinyl tubing used to direct the Solenoid Valve and
supply air temperature when the
cold air for circulation, or to hot Thermostat: Cabinet Cooler
inlet pressure is 100 PSlG (6.9
spots. Tubing connectors and Systems with thermostat control
BAR). Elevated inlet temperature
adhesive backed clips to hold the include a solenoid valve and
will produce a corresponding rise
tubing in place are provided. thermostat that limit the flow of
in cold air temperature and
compressed air to only when
reduction in cooling capacity.
cooling is needed. The solenoid
Low air pressures will also reduce
valve is rated 120V, 60 Hz or 110V,
the cooling capacity.
Cabinet Coolers
50 Hz. It is UL Listed,
Mounting: The Cabinet Cooler CSA Certified.
mounts to the enclosure through a
drilled hole or electrical knockout. The thermostat is factory set at
The NEMA 12 Cabinet Coolers 95°F (35°C). It will normally
may be mounted on the top or side hold ±2°F (1°C) inside the
Systems for continuous of the panel. NEMA 4 and 4X cabinet. It is rated 120V, 50/60 Hz
operation include a Cabinet Cabinet Coolers must be mounted and is UL Recognized,
Cooler, distribution kit and filter. on the top of the panel. CSA Certified.
Filtration: EXAIR Cabinet Cooler Electronic Temperature Control TM
Systems include a 5 micron NEW!

automatic drain water and dirt filter.
Model 9038 - 120VAC, 50/60 Hz
This filter is critical for protection Model 9039 - 240VAC, 50/60 Hz
of electronics from water in the
compressed air line. If oil is present Power supply current: 2mA
in the compressed air, a coalescing Sensor: 1K ohm platinum RTD
(oil removal) filter, such as EXAlR Sample rate: 2.5 readings/second
Model 9005 is recommended. ETC enclosure: UL508-4X
NEMA 4X, IP 56
ABS/PC plastic
Polycarbonate door: U94-V-0
Solenoid Valve: 1/4 NPT
EXAIR’s new ETC (Electronic Temperature Control) delivers

precise temperature control for your enclosure. Temperature is
maintained with an accuracy of ±1°F of the dial setting. The digital
readout monitors the internal temperature of the electrical
enclosure and activates the solenoid valve (included) only when
Systems with thermostat control the temperature setting is exceeded. The ABS/PC plastic enclosure
include a Cabinet Cooler,
of the ETC is suitable for NEMA 12, 4 and 4X environments.
thermostat, solenoid valve, cold
air distribution kit and filter. (Cabinet Cooler not included.)

Cooling Control Panels In A Glass Plant
Model 4330
Cabinet Cooler System
Solenoid Valve
The Problem: Few companies contend with

more heat related problems than do glass Filter
manufacturers. Control panels in close

proximity to molten glass are particularly
susceptible. High ambient temperatures
caused constant “nuisance tripping” of the
circuit breakers. The “quick fix” solution —
opening the panel doors — allowed dirt to Thermostat
Compressed
enter the panels and created a potential safety Air Supply
hazard.
The Solution: EXAIR Model 4330 Cabinet Comment: The inherent reliability of the vortex
Coolers were installed on each control panel. Cold air tube operated Cabinet Cooler was the important
was directed through the Cold Air Distribution Kit advantage in this application. Because they have no
over the circuit breakers. Thermostat control assured moving parts, EXAIR Cabinet Coolers are
Cabinet Coolers
that the Cabinet Coolers would activate only when virtually impervious to hostile environments.
internal temperatures approached critical levels. Glass plants, steel mills, foundries, and casting
The panel doors were closed against dirt infiltration plants are just a few of the facilities benefiting from
and shock hazard. Downtime was eliminated. this simple, yet effective technology.
Cooling And Purging A Pultrusion Control The Problem: In the pultrusion process, resin
coated fibers are assembled by a forming guide,
then drawn through a heated die. Residual heat
from the die caused electronic malfunctions at the
control station located immediately downstream.
The Solution: In minutes, a Model 4730
NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler System was installed
on the control module. It's 2,000 Btu/hr. (504
Heated Die Kcal/hr.) cooling capacity more than offset the
Head additional heat load produced by the die. Heat
related malfunction and downtime were
Model 4730
Cabinet Cooler eliminated.
System
Comment: The ability of EXAIR's Cabinet
Cooler to maintain a slight positive pressure
within the enclosure was an important additional
benefit in this application. This purging feature
assured that dust from the surroundings would
not infiltrate the enclosure and compromise
the sensitive electronic componentry. The
Cabinet Cooler also maintained the NEMA 4
Control Station integrity of the enclosure which was necessary for
the occasional washdown of the die and
surrounding surfaces.
Cabinet Coolers
Cabinet Cooler Systems

NEMA 12 Cabinet Cooler Systems Accessories and Components (con’t)
The following Continuous Operation Upgrade your Model # Description
Systems include the NEMA 12 Cabinet Thermostat 9004 Automatic Drain Filter
Cooler, automatic drain air filter and cold
air distribution kit. Control Separator, 1/4 NPT,
Model # Description System 43 SCFM (1359 SLPM)
4208 550 Btu/hr. (139 Kcal/hr.) 9007 NEMA 4X Automatic Drain
4225 1700 Btu/hr. (428 Kcal/hr.) Upgrade your Thermostat Control System to Filter Separator, 1/4 NPT,
4230 2000 Btu/hr. (504 Kcal/hr.) EXAIR’s new ETC Electronic Temperature 47 SCFM (1331 SLPM)
The following Thermostat Control Systems
Control (shown on page 94). Simply add a 9027 Oil Removal Filter, (For
include the NEMA 12 Cabinet Cooler, "-ETC120" (for 120V, 50/60Hz) or Cabinet Coolers with
automatic drain air filter, cold air "-ETC240" (for 240V, 50/60Hz) to your 550 Btu/hr. output)
distribution kit, thermostat and solenoid Thermostat Control Cabinet Cooler System 1/4 NPT, 7-24 SCFM
valve. model number.
(198-680 SLPM)
Model # Description Example: Model 4330-ETC120 replaces 9005 Oil Removal Filter,
4308 550 Btu/hr. (139 Kcal/hr.) the standard thermostat and (For all Cabinet Coolers
4325 1700 Btu/hr. (428 Kcal/hr.) solenoid valve with the new
except 550 Btu/hr. output)
4330 2000 Btu/hr. (504 Kcal/hr.) ETC.
3/8 NPT, 15-37 SCFM
(425-1048 SLPM)
NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler Systems Accessories and Components 9006 Oil Removal Filter,
The following Continuous Operation Model # Description 3/4 NPT, 50-150 SCFM
Systems include the NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler,
4008 Cabinet Cooler Only, (1415-4248 SLPM)
Cabinet Coolers
automatic drain air filter and cold air

distribution kit. NEMA 12, 550 Btu/hr. 9008 Pressure Regulator with
Model # Description (139 Kcal/hr.), 1/8 NPT Gauge, 1/4 NPT,
4708 550 Btu/hr. (139 Kcal/hr.) 4025 Cabinet Cooler Only, 50 SCFM (1416 SLPM)
4725 1700 Btu/hr. (428 Kcal/hr.) NEMA 12, 1700 Btu/hr. 9038 ETC - Electronic
4730 2000 Btu/hr. (504 Kcal/hr.) (428 Kcal/hr.), 1/4 NPT Temperature Control,
The following Thermostat Control Systems 4030 Cabinet Cooler Only, (120V, 50/60Hz), 1/4 NPT
include the NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler, NEMA 12, 2000 Btu/hr. 9039 ETC - Electronic
automatic drain air filter, cold air (504 Kcal/hr.), 1/4 NPT Temperature Control,
distribution kit, NEMA 4/4X solenoid valve
and thermostat.
4608 NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler (240V, 50/60Hz), 1/4 NPT
Model # Description Only, 550 Btu/hr. 9015 Valve and Thermostat Kit
(139 Kcal/hr.), 1/8 NPT 9016 NEMA 4-4X Valve and
4808 550 Btu/hr. (139 Kcal/hr.)
4625 NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler Thermostat Kit
4825 1700 Btu/hr. (428 Kcal/hr.)
Only, 1700 Btu/hr. 9017 Thermostat Only
4830 2000 Btu/hr. (504 Kcal/hr.)
(428 Kcal/hr.), 1/4 NPT 9018 NEMA 4-4X Solenoid
4630 NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler Valve Only, (120V,
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
Only, 2000 Btu/hr. 50/60Hz), 1/4 NPT,
Cabinet Cooler Systems
(504 Kcal/hr.), 1/4 NPT 40 SCFM (1133 SLPM)
The following Continuous Operation
Systems include the NEMA 4X Cabinet 4608SS NEMA 4X Cabinet Cooler 9020 Solenoid Valve Only,
Cooler, NEMA 4X automatic drain air filter Only, 550 Btu/hr. (120V, 50/60Hz), 1/4 NPT,
and cold air distribution kit. (139 Kcal/hr.), 1/8 NPT 40 SCFM (1133 SLPM)
Model # Description 4625SS NEMA 4X Cabinet Cooler 9021 Solenoid Valve Only,
4708SS 550 Btu/hr. (139 Kcal/hr.) Only, 1700 Btu/hr. (200-240V, 50/60Hz),
4725SS 1700 Btu/hr. (428 Kcal/hr.) (428 Kcal/hr.), 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT, 40 SCFM
4730SS 2000 Btu/hr. (504 Kcal/hr.) 4630SS NEMA 4X Cabinet Cooler (1133 SLPM)
The following Thermostat Control Systems Only, 2000 Btu/hr.
include the NEMA 4X Cabinet Cooler, (504 Kcal/hr.), 1/4 NPT
NEMA 4X automatic drain air filter, cold air
distribution kit, NEMA 4/4X solenoid valve 4904 Cold Air Distribution Kit
and thermostat. (For all Cabinet Coolers Tested For Safety!
Model # Description except 550 Btu/hr. output) All Cabinet Coolers
4808SS 550 Btu/hr. (139 Kcal/hr.) 4905 Cold Air Distribution Kit are UL Listed to U.S.
4825SS 1700 Btu/hr. (428 Kcal/hr.) (For Cabinet Coolers with and Canadian safety
4830SS 2000 Btu/hr. (504 Kcal/hr.) 550 Btu/hr. output only) standards.
If you have special requirements, please contact an Application Engineer

to discuss the application.

TorqLOC™ Keyless Hollow Shaft Mounting System
Installation Instructions
Caution
Do not tighten the shrink disc until the machine shaft is in
position or the hollow shaft will be damaged.
1.Installation and Removal of a gearbox with the TorqLOC Mounting System.

1.1. Installation
Before beginning installtion, refer to the graphic below and familiarize yourself with the components of the TorqLOC.
6
4
Required Parts
1 Hollow Shaft (Inside gearbox) 5 Shrink Disc
2 Support Bushing 6 Locking Bolts
3 Clamping Ring 7 Machine Shaft
4 Torque Bushing
27 Installation Instructions
1. Thoroughly clean inside the hollow shaft and machine shaft. Ensure that there are no traces of grease or oil.
2. Position the support bushing (2) on the machine shaft (7).
3. Secure the support bushing with the clamping ring (3). For exact location of the support bushing and clamping
ring, see dimension pages.
Installation Instructions 28
4. Slide the gear box (1) on the machine shaft until it stops against the support bushing.
5. Make sure that all bolts (6) in the shrink disc (5) are loose. Slide the torque bushing (4) on the machine shaft until
it is completely seated. Tighten the shrink disc bolts finger tight only and make sure that the collars on the shrink
disc are parallel.
6. Tighten the bolts on the shrink disc by working around, from one bolt to next, in a circular pattern. Do not turn
each bolt more than 1/4 of a turn at a time. Verify that bolts are not turning at specified tightening torque.
Tightening Torque
Model Torque
K, F S Ft-lbs
— 37 3
37 47 9
47 57 9
57, 67 67 9
77 77 22
87 87 22
97 97 22
1.2. Removal
1. Unscrew the bolts on the shrink disc evenly one after the other. To avoid jamming the collars loosen each bolt
only 1/4 turn. Once each bolt has been loosened they can be completely removed in sequence.
2. Remove the torque bushing. If necessary, use the collar as a puller. To do this, first remove all tightening bolts,
then use bolts to pull the collars apart and also extract the bushing.
3. Pull the gearbox from the machine shaft.
LIT4003
®
Corporation
NEMA 4-4X CABINET COOLER™ INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
Models: 4610 thru 4640, 4710 thru 4740, 4810 thru 4840
4610SS thru 4640SS, 4710SS thru 4740SS, 4810SS thru 4840SS
COMPRESSED AIR LINE SIZES

Compressed air lines should be sized to hold pressure 9004 Automatic Drain Filter Separator (NEMA 4X
drops to a minimum. When installing supply lines, use Cabinet Cooler Systems include Model 9007) which
1/4" pipe for runs up to 10' (3m). Use 3/8" pipe for provide 5 micron filtration. The automatic drain is float
runs up to 50' (15.2m), and 1/2" pipe for runs over 50' actuated to eliminate the possibility of passing water
(15.2m). If using compressed air hose, consider 3/8" into the enclosure, even during continuous operation.
I.D. hose to be the same as 1/4" pipe and 1/2" I.D. hose (Impulse-type automatic drains must not be used.
to be the same as 3/8" pipe. Do not use restrictive They may allow water to pass through the filter
fittings such as quick connects. They can “starve” the during continuous operation.)
NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler by causing excessive line
pressure drop. To prevent problems associated with oil, use an oil
removal filter (Model 9005 Oil Removal Filter not
COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY included). The oil removal filter should be used
With proper filtration and separation of dirt, moisture downstream from the automatic drain filter separator.
and oil from the compressed air supply, the Filters should be used close to each NEMA 4-4X
NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler will run for years with no Cabinet Cooler, within 10 to 15' (3 to 4.6m) is best.
maintenance required. Filtering for contaminates and
separation of moisture is required for all NEMA 4-4X NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Coolers are designed to use
Cabinet Coolers. normal shop air supplies of 80 to 100 PSIG (5.5 to 6.9
BAR). Thermostat control can minimize compressed
All NEMA 4 Cabinet Cooler Systems include a Model air usage and should be used whenever possible.
EXAIR Cabinet Coolers are UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
1250 Century Circle North • Cincinnati, OH, USA 45246-3309 • (513) 671-3322 • Fax (513) 671-3363 • E-mail: techelp@exair.com
USING THE NEMA 4-4X CABINET COOLER
For Use On A Flat Surface Of A NEMA Type 4/4X enclosure. Insert the plain end (not the threaded end)
Enclosure. of the thermostat into the water and check continuity
The NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler mounts to the across the leads. Adjust screw until switching occurs
enclosure thru a 1-15/16" (49mm) 1-1/2" NPS (slight turn of the adjusting screw). The thermostat
diameter hole. A nut is supplied to lock it in place. will be set to actuate at the temperature of the water.
The cooler should be mounted on the top only If the temperature at the mounting location of the
(vertically). thermostat changes very slowly, the solenoid valve
The NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler will provide a 50°F may chatter. This can be corrected by changing the
temperature drop from supply air temperature at thermostat location or by adding the Model 4519
100 PSIG (6.9 BAR). An elevated inlet temperature .002 Microfarad Capacitor across the leads (included).
will produce a corresponding rise in cold air SOLENOID VALVE
temperature and reduction in cooling capacity. Systems with thermostat control include the Model
COLD AIR DISTRIBUTION KIT 9018 NEMA 4-4X Solenoid Valve. Mount the
The Model 4904 Cold Air Distribution Kit includes 8' solenoid valve on the compressed air line between the
(2.4m) of flexible (1/2" I.D.) vinyl tubing, (8) adhesive filter and the NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler. The
backed clips to hold the tubing in place, (1) elbow and solenoid valve requires 120V/60Hz or 110V/50 Hz
(1) end plug. The tubing is used to direct the cold air supply. A green ground wire has been provided for
for circulation or to hot spots, as needed. Holes may grounding. All wiring should be installed in
be drilled or cut (“V” shaped) in the tubing. If the end liquid-tight conduit. The valve is normally closed,
is plugged, use at least (6) 1/8" (3.2mm) diameter actuated open. In most cases, it is controlled by the
holes in tube to eliminate excessive back pressure on thermostat.
the NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler. TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE
HUMIDITY If The NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler Is Not
The NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler incorporates a low Producing Cold Air, check the pressure by installing
pressure relief valve for both the vortex tube and a gage at the compressed air inlet of the cooler. Large
cabinet air exhaust. This valve closes and seals when pressure drops are possible due to undersized lines,
the cooler is not operating to maintain the integrity of restrictive fittings and clogged filter elements.
the NEMA 4-4X enclosure. During continuous For replacement or repair filter and regulator
operation, relative humidity inside the enclosure parts contact Nimmo Fluid Power at
stabilizes at 45%. No moisture condenses inside the
1-888-646-6097.
enclosure.
THERMOSTAT NOISE MUFFLING
Some NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler Systems are All NEMA 4-4X Cabinet Cooler Systems are equipped
supplied with thermostat control. The Model 9017 with sound muffling. The Model 4902 Cold Muffler
Thermostat should be located inside the enclosure (included) can be easily installed on the cold air
using the mounting bracket (included). The thermostat discharge (see diagram). With this muffler installed,
is not position sensitive and should be mounted in a the noise level is less than 75 dBA.
hot area inside the enclosure. If you have any question or problems, please contact
The electrical requirement is 120V/60Hz or an EXAIR Application Engineer at:
100V/50Hz, and should be connected to the hot line 1-800-90-EXAIR
supplying the solenoid valve. It is normally open, Fax: (513) 671-3363
actuated closed, when the temperature rises. The E-mail: techelp@exair.com
thermostat is preset at 95°F (35°C). It will normally
http://www.exair.com
hold that setting within + or - 2°F (1°C) inside the
cabinet.
To change the temperature setting:
Use a cup, thermometer and meter to check continuity. For more information about this product, visit
Using the cup, mix hot and cold water until the "Frequently Asked Questions" at www.exair.com
thermometer shows the desired temperature for the
©2001 ®
Corporation LIT 4003
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Gearmotors and Gear Reducers
01 805 52 US
These operating instructions are intended to help you install and SEW-Eurodrive supplies the recommended hollowshaft mount-
operate the drive. For trouble free service, proper installation and ing paste with every hollow shaft reducer. The mounting paste is
operation are essential. Additionally, these instructions contain to be applied on the keyed output shaft. The mounting paste is to
important recommendations on maintenance. aid in the prevention of rusting and fretting corrosion between the
reducer hollowshaft and the shaft of the driven machine. The
Before shipment every SEW-Eurodrive gear unit is tested, mounting paste will aid in shaft removal when necessary.
checked and properly packed. However, please inspect the drive
immediately upon arrival for shortage or transit damage. Note the For additional information on shaft mounted reducers, drive shaft
damage or shortage on the freight bill of lading and file a claim configuration and tolerances, refer to the SEW-Eurodrive Catalog
with the carrier. Also, notify SEW-Eurodrive of the shortage or or request Documents #2201, 2202.
damage.
The drive installation site should be selected to ensure:

All gearmotors and gear reducers are supplied with the correct · Ambient temperatures below 40°C (104°F).
grade and quantity of lubricating oil for the specified mounting po- · Unimpeded flow of air to the motor and variable speed units.
sition. Exceptions include reducers shipped without input assem- · Accessibility to the drain, level and breather plugs.
blies. The recommended lubricants are found on page 2. · Adequate space for removal of brakemotor fanguard for brake ad-
justment and maintenance.
If the drive is not installed immediately, it should be stored in a dry, The drive unit should be mounted on a flat, vibration damping, and
protected area. If the drive is to be stored for an extended period of torsionally rigid structure. Careful alignment is critical. Mounting
time and was not ordered from SEW for long term storage, contact to an uneven surface will cause housing distortion. The flatness
your nearest SEW assembly plant for information on Long Term tolerance of the supporting surface should not exceed:
Storage, or request Document #2115. · For gear units size 80 and smaller — 0.004 inch.
Drives which are used for standby service should be stored as a · For gear units above size 80 — 0.008 inch.
sealed gearcase. For transportation, the units are sup-
plied with the breather plug already Fig. 1
mounted. After the unit is installed, the
Do not hammer on the shafts. Hammering can cause brinelling of black rubber seal located on the
the reducer’s bearings shortening the bearing life. We recommend breather MUST BE REMOVED (Fig.
heating the components to approximately 175°F (when possible) 1). In addition, the oil level should be
and sliding them on the shaft . This will reduce possible damage to checked. Remove the plated (non-painted)
the reducer’s bearings. Document #2116. oil level plug. The oil level is correct when the surface of the oil is
level with the lowest point of that tapped hole, the exception is
Table 1. Standard Shaft Tolerances S37. Units W20 and W30 are sealed in any position.
Solid Shaft Hollowshaft After installation, the actual mounting position should be con-
Diameter (inch) Tolerances (inch) Tolerances (inch) firmed against the mounting position shown on the gear reducer
1.500 and smaller +0.0000/-0.0005 +0.0005/-0.0000
nameplate. Adequate lubrication is only guaranteed if the unit is
mounted in the specific nameplated mounting position.
Larger than 1.500 +0.000/-0.001 +0.001/-0.000
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2111, #2112,
For metric shafts consult our catalogs
#2113, or #2114 (R, F, K, or S, respectively) if a specific mount-
ing position diagram is needed.
Shaft couplings should be properly aligned to prevent vibration,
coupling wear, and premature failure of the shaft bearings.
To prevent the output shaft and bearings from being subjected to Always ensure equipment is secure and electrical
excessive loads, the maximum overhung load, as shown in SEW- power is off before removing or performing maintenance on
Eurodrive catalogs, should not be exceeded. Please consult our en- the drive assembly. Oil levels and oil quality should be checked
gineering department if the load may exceed the recommended at regular intervals, determined by usage and the environment.
figure given or where there are combined radial and axial loads. In Grease and oil should be changed per the recommendations on
such cases, the exact operating conditions must be stated including page 2. Check coupling alignment, chain or belt tension, and
speed, direction of rotation, position, magnitude and direction of mounting bolt torque periodically. Keep the drive relatively free
the external radial and axial loads being applied. of dust and dirt.
For additional information call the SEW FAXline, 1-800-601-6195, and request document number shown.
SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING MIDWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER WEST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

& ASSEMBLY CENTER 2001 West Main Street/Troy OH 45373 30599 San Antonio Road/Hayward CA 94544
1295 Old Spartanburg Hwy/Lyman SC 29365 (937) 335-0036 Fax: (937) 222-4104 (510) 487-3560 Fax: (510) 487-6381
(864) 439-7537 Fax: (864) 439-7830
SOUTHWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER EAST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

3950 Platinum Way/Dallas TX 75237 200 High Hill Road/Bridgeport NJ 08014
(214) 330-4824 Fax: (214) 330-4724 (856) 467-2277 Fax: (856) 845-3179
LUBRICANTS
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE FOR SEW-EURODRIVE GEAR UNITS
Ambient air kin viscosity

Gear tempera- at 40°C (cSt)
Reducer Lubrication ture range ° Mobil CHEVRON Shell Texaco BP Kluber
Type1) Type F approx. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co.
Chevron
Non-
+32
R Leaded Shell Omala
to VG220 Mobilgear Meropa 220 BP Energol Kluberoil
Gear Oil 220
+104 630 GR-XP 220 GEM 1-220
Compound
F 220
Oil
Chevron
Non-
+5
Leaded
to VG150 Mobilgear Shell Omala Meropa 150 BP Energol Kluberoil
K Gear
+77 VG100 629 Oil 100 GR-XP 100 GEM 1-150
Compound
150
Chevron
Non-
+32
Mobilgear Leaded Shell Omala
to VG680 Meropa 680 BP Energol Kluberoil
636 Gear
+104 Oil 680 GR-XP 680 GEM 1-680
Compound
680
S Oil
Chevron
Non-
+5
VG220 Mobilgear Leaded
to Shell Omala Meropa 220 BP Energol Kluberoil
630 Gear
+77 Oil 220 GR-XP 220 GEM 1-220
Compound
220
+176
Synth. Oil to Consult Factory For Use of Synthetic Oils
-40
General +176
Synth.
to Consult Factory For Use of Grease Filled Reducers
Grease
-40
Grease Chevron Shell BP CEN-
Ball & Roller Mobilux
Used for normal application Dura-Lith Alvania Multifak Energrease TOPLEX
Bearings EP 2
Temp. range—:-5°F to140°F EP2 Grease R 3 EP2 LS 3 2EP
1)
Applies to all reducers with or without motor and input shaft.
Oil levels and oil quality should be checked at frequent intervals, Grease packed bearings should be cleaned and regreased every
depending on usage. Oil changes are required at intervals of 10,000 hours or 20,000 hours for synthetic grease. Input (high
10,000 operating hours or every two years, whichever comes speed) bearings should not be overgreased. They should be
first. If a synthetic oil lubricant is used then this period can be ex- filled with grease not to exceed 1/3 of the bearing’s free volume.
tended to 20,000 operating hours or every four years, whichever For output bearings and bearings with replaceable grease
comes first. In applications where hostile operating conditions shields, fill to 2/3 of their free volume.
exist, such as high humidity, corrosive environment, or large
temperature changes, the lubricant should be changed at more
frequent intervals. When the recommended lubricant is not available, it is permissi-
ble to use a lubricant having equivalent characteristics but we do
The gear units W20 and W30 are supplied with a synthetic oil not recommend that lubricants of different brands be mixed. Un-
which is good for the life of the reducer, independent of the der no circumstances should synthetic lubricants be mixed with
mounting position. one another, or with one having a mineral base.
2
LUBRICANTS
Oil Capacities
Parallel Helical Gear Units - “R” U.S. Gallons

Mounting Position
1) 1) 2) 2) 1), 2) 1) 1)
Gear Unit B3 B5 B5I B5II B5III B6 B7 B8 V1 V3 V5 V6
RX/RXF 57 0.16 0.13 0.18 0.29 0.18 0.24 0.24 0.34 0.29 0.21 0.34 0.21
RX/RXF 67 0.21 0.18 0.26 0.40 0.26 0.29 0.29 0.45 0.45 0.21 0.50 0.21
RX/RXF 77 0.29 0.24 0.42 0.63 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.69 0.66 0.40 0.71 0.40
RX/RXF 87 0.45 0.42 0.77 1.29 0.77 0.77 0.77 1.27 1.24 0.66 1.27 0.66
RX/RXF 97 0.55 0.55 1.27 1.87 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.95 1.85 0.95 1.85 0.90
RX/RXF 107 1.03 0.82 1.90 2.96 1.90 2.03 2.03 3.06 2.77 1.56 3.14 1.48
R..17 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
0.07 0.07
R..27 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
(0.11) (0.11)
0.08 0.11
R..37 0.21 0.26 0.26 0.21 0.26 0.26 0.29 0.24 0.29 0.24
(0.26) (0.26)
0.18 0.18
R..47 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.45 0.42 0.45 0.42
(0.40) (0.40)
0.21 0.21
R..57 0.58 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.53 0.48 0.55 0.50
(0.55) (0.55)
0.29 0.32 0.71 0.69
R..67 0.50 0.71 0.55 0.48 0.53 0.74 0.82 0.84
(0.61) (0.66) (0.95) (0.92)
0.32 0.32 1.0 1.0
R..77 0.63 0.87 0.79 0.66 0.90 1.0 0.98 1.2
(0.79) (0.69) (1.1) (1.3)
0.61 0.63 1.8 1.8
R..87 1.7 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.1
(1.6) (1.6) (2.1) (2.4)
1.2 1.3 3.1 3.1
R..97 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.7 3.5
(2.6) (2.7) (3.9) (3.9)
1.6 1.7 4.2 4.3
R..107 3.5 4.5 4.2 3.5 4.2 4.5 5.1 5.1
(3.6) (3.9) (5.3) (5.4)
2.6 2.5 7.1 7.4
R..137 6.6 7.7 6.6 6.6 6.6 7.8 8.6 8.3
(6.6) (6.6) (8.6) (8.6)
4.1 4.3 12 12
R..147 11 13 11 10 11 13 14 14
(11) (11) (14.5) (14.5)
7.1 6.9 21.6 21.7
R..167 17.2 20 18.7 17.4 18.2 20.6 23.2 23.2
(18.5) (18.5 ) (24) (24)
1)
On compound gear units the larger gear unit is to be provided with the oil quantity in parenthesis.
2)
On compound gear units having mounting positions B6, B7, or B8 the smaller gear unit is to be provided with the oil filling of the B5 mounting position.
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2111 for R-Series mounting position diagrams.
Right Angle Helical-Worm Gear Units - “S” U.S. Gallons

Mounting Position
B3, V5, V5I
Gear B8II B3I B6 B81) V1A V1B V5II, V6 H5
Unit B6I B6II B5 B5I B5II B5III1) B8I B3II V1IB V1IA V6I H1
1)
H2 H3 H4 H6
S..37 0.07 0.16 0.11 0.07 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.13 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.07 0.13 0.16 0.11 0.11
S..47 0.09 0.29 0.24 0.11 0.32 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.24 0.26 0.21 0.11 0.18 0.29 0.21 0.21
S..57 0.13 0.40 0.32 0.13 0.40 0.26 0.32 0.26 0.37 0.37 0.34 0.13 0.26 0.42 0.29 0.32
0.61 0.58 0.48
S..67 0.26 0.84 0.58 0.26 0.84 0.58 0.69 0.71 0.69 0.26 0.77 0.53 0.66
(0.79) (0.82) (0.69)
1.0 0.98 0.95
S..77 0.50 1.6 1.08 0.5 1.72 1.11 1.3 1.2 1.2 0.5 1.56 1.03 1.2
(1.5) (1.43) (1.32)
1.87 1.8 1.6
S..87 0.87 3.2 2.11 1.0 3.17 2.14 2.16 2.40 2.2 1.0 3.0 2.0 2.1
(2.67) (2.75) (2.3)
3.64 3.54 3.0
S..97 1.8 5.9 3.96 1.95 6.23 3.96 4.75 4.49 4.49 1.85 5.54 3.70 4.14
(4.96) (4.75) (4.22)
1)
On compound gear units, the larger unit is to be filled with the quantity in parenthesis.
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2114 for S-Series mounting position diagrams.
3
LUBRICANTS
Oil Capacities
Right Angle Helical-Bevel Gear Units - “K” U.S. Gallons
Mounting Position
B3, H1, B3I,
Gear Unit B5I B6II B5 B5II B5III B6, B8I B6I B8
K..37 0.13 0.34 0.29 0.40 0.29 0.26 0.16 0.26
K..47 0.21 0.53 0.34 0.58 0.45 0.34 0.21 0.40
K..57 0.29 0.84 0.61 0.92 0.69 0.63 0.40 0.63
K..67 0.29 0.90 0.63 0.95 0.74 0.63 0.40 0.69
K..77 0.58 1.56 1.08 1.58 1.16 1.08 0.74 1.16
K..87 0.98 2.88 2.16 3.14 2.38 2.11 0.98 2.30
K..97 1.85 5.28 3.88 5.68 4.57 3.70 1.85 4.14
K..107 2.64 8.45 5.81 9.24 6.86 5.54 2.64 6.73
K..127 5.54 14.26 10.96 14.52 12.14 10.96 5.54 11.62
K..157 8.18 23.76 17.42 24.29 18.22 16.37 8.18 17.16
K/KH..166 8.18 31.15 — 31.15 — — — —
K/KH..186 15.05 51.22 — 51.22 — — — —
Mounting Position
Gear Unit V1, V1I V5, V5I V6/V6I H2 H3 H4 H5, H6
K..37 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.37 0.26 0.26
K..47 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.55 0.34 0.42
K..57 0.77 0.69 0.63 0.74 0.95 0.69 0.77
K..67 0.71 0.69 0.69 0.71 0.95 0.63 0.69
K..77 1.19 1.11 1.16 1.21 1.58 1.08 1.16
K..87 2.22 2.06 2.11 2.32 2.93 2.16 2.11
K..97 4.14 4.14 4.09 4.14 5.28 3.88 4.14
K..107 6.60 6.34 6.34 6.34 8.45 5.41 6.34
K..127 10.82 10.56 10.82 11.35 13.73 10.96 10.56
K..157 16.37 15.31 16.37 17.69 22.97 17.42 16.37
K/KH..166 25.08 — — — — — —
K/KH..186 40.92 — — — — — —
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2113 for K-Series mounting position diagrams.
the
SNUGGLER® Helical Gear Units - “F” U.S. Gallons
Mounting Position
Gear Unit H2, B5II, H3, B5III,
H1 B5 B6 B6II B3I, B8I H4, B3, B8 B5I H5 V1 V5 H6, V3, V6
F..37 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.18 0.29 0.26 0.26 0.34 0.32 0.32 0.32
F..47 0.40 0.42 0.40 0.29 0.45 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
F..57 0.71 0.73 0.69 0.55 0.79 0.77 0.77 1.08 1.08 1.06 1.00
F..67 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.50 0.84 0.77 0.77 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
F..77 1.32 1.35 1.32 1.14 1.66 1.59 1.59 2.11 2.14 2.11 1.93
F..87 2.64 2.72 2.64 2.06 2.96 2.85 2.91 3.65 3.72 3.65 3.49
F..97 4.89 5.02 4.89 3.33 5.42 4.89 4.99 6.65 6.74 6.65 5.94
F..107 6.47 6.74 6.47 5.15 7.40 7.13 7.26 9.91 10.17 9.91 8.45
F..127 10.30 10.96 10.70 8.98 12.94 12.28 12.28 16.11 16.64 16.11 14.79
F..157 17.95 19 18.22 16.9 20.86 22.18 22.97 27.46 27.98 27.72 27.72
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2112 for F-Series mounting position diagrams.
Printed in U.S.A. 4 0201

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Shrink Disc Hollow Shaft Reducers
Installation and Removal Instructions 02 757 41 US
Figure 1. Mounting of Shrink Disc Hollow Shaft Units

The Shrink Disc is a frictional keyless solid shaft to hollow shaft connection
device which exerts an external clamping force on the hollow shaft. The
clamping force establishes a mechanical link between the solid shaft and the
hollow shaft. This type of connection can transmit high torques as well as high
axial loads.
Warning! Always ensure exposed, rotating parts are properly

covered to ensure safety.
: Never tighten the locking bolts before shaft installation, since the
inner ring of the Shrink Disc as well as the hollow shaft can be permanently
deformed, even at low tightening torques. See Pages 2 - 4 for shaft
dimensions, tolerances and recommendations.
1) Remove the protective cover from the reducer’s shrink disc assembly
(see Figure 1).
2) Carefully clean away any lubrication from the hollow shaft bore and the
driven solid shaft (see Figure 1). This step is very important, since lubrication
between the hollow shaft and the solid shaft in the load transmitting area will
greatly affect the torque transmitting capability of the Shrink Disc
connection. A thin coat of lubricant can be applied to the solid shaft opposite
the load carrying end. This will aid in shaft removal.
3) Slip the reducer over the driven solid shaft. Checking the position of
Shrink Disc on the hollow shaft, hand tighten 3 or 4 equally spaced locking
bolts and make sure that the outer collars of Shrink Disc are in a parallel
position. Hand tighten the rest of the locking bolts.
4) Use a torque wrench and equally tighten all the locking bolts one after
another in a clockwise sequence (see Figure 2, the actual number of locking
bolts varies from 4 to 15), by approximately 1/4 turn (even if initially some
bolts require a low tightening torque) until the specified tightening torque TB
is reached (see Page 4).
Note: To compensate for setting of bolts adjacent to a bolt just being torqued, Figure 2. Tightening Sequence
a tightening torque approximately 5% higher than specified is recommended
for the final round.
5) Reset the torque wrench and make sure that no locking bolt will turn at
the specified tightening torque TB.
Note: It is not necessary to check the tightening torque again after installation
is completed or the equipment has been in operation.
Removal is similar to the installation procedure. Gradually loosen the locking

bolts in the order shown in Figure 2.
Table 1. Lubricants for Shrink Disc Collars
Do not remove the locking bolts or the locking collars completely. The Lubricant (Mo S2) Type
locking collar assembly should only be removed if the assembly is rusty or Molykote 321 R (Lube coat) Spray
dirty. If it is to be removed, it must be cleaned and lubricated on the shrink disc Molykote Spray (Powder Spray) Spray
sliding surfaces with one of the lubricants shown in Molykote G Rapid /Aemasol Mo 19P Spray or Paste
Table 1. Dio-Setral 57 N (Lube coat) Spray or Paste
The locking bolts should be lubricated with multi-purpose grease.
SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING MIDWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER WEST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

& ASSEMBLY CENTER 2001 West Main Street/Troy OH 45373 30599 San Antonio Road/Hayward CA 94544
1295 Old Spartanburg Highway/Lyman SC 29365 (937) 335-0036 Fax (937) 222-4104 (510) 487-3560 Fax (510) 487-6381
(864) 439-7537 Fax (864) 439-7830
SOUTHWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER EAST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

3950 Platinum Way/Dallas TX 75237 200 High Hill Road/Bridgeport NJ 08014
(214) 330-4824 Fax (214) 330-4724 (856) 467-2277 Fax (856) 845-3179
Helical-Bevel and the SNUGGLER® Shrink Disc Hollowshaft
and Recommended Customer Solid Shaft
OUTPUT HOLLOWSHAFT
OUTPUT HOLLOWSHAFT KH166 - KH186
STANDARD BUSHING DIAMETER
KH37 - KH157 ALTERNATE BUSHING DIAMETER
FH37 - FH157 KH47, KH67 - KH157
FH47, FH67 - FH157
EH EH
VQ VR VQ VR
U U UF U UG UF
VS VT VS VT
V V V V
UA UA UA UH
CUSTOMER SOLID SHAFT CUSTOMER SOLID SHAFT
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
inch
Dimensions are
mm
Gearcase Customer Solid Shaft
Type Std. Output Hollow Shaft w/Alt. Bushing Dia. (Fig. 2)
EH U UF VQ VR UA VS VT UG UH
KH37 5.75 1.18110 +.00083 1.77 1.22 0.79 1.18110 +0 1.42 0.98
-0 -0.00051
FH37 +.021 -0
Not an available option
Std. Fig. 1 146 30 -0 45 31 20 30 -0.013 36 25
+0.00098 +0 +0.00098 +0
KH47 6.97 1.37795 1.97 1.26 0.79 1.37795 1.46 0.98 1.41732 1.41732
-0 -0.00063 -0 -0.00063
FH47 +0.025 +0 +0.025 +0
Std. Fig. 1 177 35 -0 50 32 20 35 -0.016 37 25 36 -0 36 -0.016
+0.00098 +0.00098
KH57 7.68 1.57480 2.17 1.02 0.79 1.57480 1.22 0.98
-0 -0
FH57 Not an available option
195 40 +0.025 55 26 20 40 +0.025 31 25
Std. Fig. 1 -0 -0
+0.00098 +0 +0.00098 +0
KH67 8.19 1.57480 2.17 1.50 0.79 1.57480 1.69 0.98 1.65354 1.65354
-0 - 0.00063 -0 -0.00063
FH67 +0.025 +0 +0.025 +0
Std. Fig. 1 208 40 -0 55 38 20 40 - 0.016 43 25 42 -0 42 -0.016
+0.00098 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH77 9.49 1.96850 2.76 1.42 1.18 1.96850 1.61 1.38 2.04724 2.04724
-0 - 0.00063 -0 - 0.00075
FH77 +0.025 +0 +0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 241 50 -0 70 36 30 50 - 0.016 41 35 52 -0 52 - 0.019
+0.00118 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH87 11.06 2.55906 3.35 1.61 1.57 2.55906 1.81 1.77 2.59843 2.59843
-0 - 0.00075 -0 - 0.00075
FH87 +0.030 +0 +0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 281 65 -0 85 41 40 65 - 0.019 46 45 66 -0 66 - 0.019
+0.00118 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH97 13.58 2.95276 3.74 2.17 1.97 2.95276 2.36 2.17 2.99213 2.99213
-0 - 0.00075 -0 - 0.00075
FH97 +0.030 +0 - 0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 345 75 -0 95 55 50 75 - 0.019 60 55 76 -0 76 - 0.019
+0.00138 +0
KH107 15.94 3.74016 4.53 2.52 2.36 3.74016 2.95 2.76 Contact the nearest SEW-Eurodrive
-0 - 0.00087
FH107 +0.035 +0
facility for optional hollowshaft
Std. Fig. 1 405 95 -0 118 65 60 95 - 0.022 75 70 Information.
+0.00138 +0 +0.00138 +0
KH127 19.09 4.13386 5.31 3.35 2.76 4.13386 3.74 3.15 4.17323 4.17323
-0 - 0.00087 -0 -0.00087
FH127 +0.035 +0 +0.035 +0
Std. Fig. 1 485 105 -0 135 85 70 105 - 0.022 95 80 106 -0 106 -0.022
+0.00157 +0 +0.00157 +0
KH157 22.83 4.92126 6.10 3.54 3.15 4.92126 3.94 3.54 4.96063 4.96063
-0 -0.00098 -0 -0.00098
FH157 +0.040 +0 +0.040 +0
Std. Fig. 1 580 125 -0 155 90 80 125 -0.025 100 90 126 -0 126 -0.025
+0.00138 +0 +0.00138 +0
27.56 4.33071 5.83 4.33 3.15 4.33071 4.72 3.54 4.40945 4.40945
-0 - 0.00087 -0 -0.00087
KH166 +0.035 +0 +0.035 +0
Fig. 2 Only 700 110 -0 148 110 80 110 - 0.022 120 90 112 -0 112 -0.022
+0.00157 +0 +0.00157 +0
31.10 5.31496 7.09 4.92 3.54 5.31496 5.31 3.94 5.51181 5.51181
-0 -0.00098 -0 -0.00098
KH186 +0.040 +0 +0.040 +0
Fig. 2 Only 790 135 -0 180 125 90 135 - 0.025 135 100 140 -0 140 -0.025
2
Helical-Worm Shrink Disc Hollowshaft
and Recommended Customer Solid Shaft
OUTPUT HOLLOWSHAFT
inch
Dimensions are
mm
Gearcase OUTPUT HOLLOW SHAFT CUSTOMER SOLID SHAFT

Type EH U UF VQ VR UA VS VT
+.00083 +0
5.47 0.78740 1.38 0.94 0.71 0.78740 1.14 0.91
-0 -0.00051
0.021 +0
SH37 139 20 35 24 18 20 29 23
0 -.013
+0.00083 +0
5.75 1.18110 1.77 1.22 0.79 1.08110 1.42 0.98
-0 -0.00051
+0.021 +0
SH47 146 30 45 31 20 30 36 25
-0 -0.013
+0.00098 +0
6.97 1.37795 1.97 1.26 0.79 1.37795 1.46 0.98
-0 -0.00063
+0.025 +0
SH57 177 35 50 32 20 35 37 25
-0 -0.016
+0.00098 +0
7.72 1.57480 2.56 1.50 0.79 1.57480 1.69 0.98
-0 -0.00063
SH67 +0.025 +0
196 40 -0 65 38 20 40 -0.016 43 25
+0.00098 +0
9.49 1.96850 3.15 1.42 1.18 1.96850 1.61 1.38
-0 -0.00063
SH77 +0.025 +0
241 50 -0 80 36 30 50 -0.016 41 35
+0.00118 +0
11.42 2.55906 3.74 1.57 1.57 2.55906 1.77 1.77
-0 -0.00075
+0.030 +0
SH87 290 65 95 40 40 65 45 45
-0 -0.019
+0.00118 +0
13.19 2.95276 4.72 2.17 1.97 2.95276 2.36 2.17
-0 -0.00075
+0.030 +0
SH97 335 75 120 55 50 75 60 55
-0 -0.019
3
Shrink Disc Connection
Shrink d U(UA) D H Tt 1) Fax 2) TB 3) Bolt B

Gearcase Disk in in in in lb-in lb lb-in S
Type Part No. mm mm mm mm Nm N Nm Quantity mm
0.945 0.78740 1.97 0.71 2036 5175 45
SH37 0139858 M6 10
24 20 50 18 230 23000 5
1.496 1.1811 2.83 1.02 5133 8550 106
SH47 KH37 FH37 6434657 M6 10
38 30 72 26 580 38000 12
1.732 1.3780 3.15 1.02 8400 12150 106
SH57 KH47 1226126 M6 10
44 35 80 26 950 54000 12
1.969 1.5748 3.54 1.10 14600 18675 106
SH67 KH57/67 FH57/67 6434754 M6 10
50 40 90 28 1650 83000 12
2.441 1.9685 4.33 1.22 28320 28800 106
SH77 KH77 FH77 6434665 M6 10
62 50 110 31 3200 128000 12
3.346 2.5591 6.10 1.61 53100 41600 265
SH87 KH87 FH87 1226339 M8 13
85 65 155 41 6000 185000 30
3.740 2.9528 6.69 1.81 79650 54000 265
SH97 KH97 FH97 122641X M8 13
95 75 170 46 9000 240000 30
4.528 3.7402 7.28 2.17 113190 63900 522
KH107 FH107 1226495 M10 17
115 95 185 55 15000 316000 59
5.315 4.1339 8.35 2.95 241600 117000 885
KH127 FH127 6434681 M12 19
135 105 212 75 27300 520000 100
6.102 4.9213 10.35 3.23 395860 160875 885
KH157 FH157 1226649 M12 19
155 125 263 82 44730 715000 100
5.512 4.3307 11.97 3.78 562860 259900 2212
KH166 1225006 M16 24
140 110 304 96 63600 1155000 250
6.890 5.3150 12.99 4.49 814200 306000 2212
KH186 1225065 M16 24
175 135 330 114 9200 1360000 250
1)
Tt = Max torque for the shrink disc connection. The gearbox torque limit may be lower than the shrink disc limit.
2)
Fax = Max axial load for the shrink disc connection. The gearbox axial load limit may be lower than the shrink disc limit.
Note: With combined axial and torque loads the possible torque transmitting capacity is reduced by the following formula:
æU ´ Fax ö2
Tt 2 - ç ÷
è 2 ø
3)
TB = Required bolt tightening torque.
Printed in USA 4 1202
Table of Contents
NOMENCLATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
International SI Units .............................................................................................................................................6
Conversion Table for Commonly Used English - Metric Units..........................................................................6
Standards and Regulations ..................................................................................................................................7
Abbreviations .........................................................................................................................................................8
Code letters for Locked Rotor kVA ......................................................................................................................8
Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................8
SERVICE FACTORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SEW Application Criteria ....................................................................................................................................10

Load Classification .........................................................................................................................................10
AGMA Criteria ......................................................................................................................................................11
TORQLOC GEAR UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
MOUNTING POSITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General information on mounting positions .....................................................................................................15
Comparison of old/new .......................................................................................................................................15
Important order information ...............................................................................................................................16

For all geared motors .....................................................................................................................................16
Position of the motor terminal box and cable entry ........................................................................................16
Direction of rotation - drive with a backstop ...................................................................................................16
Position of the enter side in right-angle gear units .........................................................................................17
Key to Mounting Position Symbols ...................................................................................................................18
Churning Losses .................................................................................................................................................18
Mounting Positions for Gearmotor with TorqLOC............................................................................................19

FT37 — 97 .....................................................................................................................................................19
KT37 — 97 .....................................................................................................................................................20
ST37 ..............................................................................................................................................................21
ST47 — 97 .....................................................................................................................................................22
1
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Installation and Removal of a gearbox with the TorqLOC Mounting System. ...............................................27
Installation ......................................................................................................................................................27
Removal .........................................................................................................................................................30
TORQLOC OPTION PRICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ADDRESS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2
Notes
3
Nomenclature
8 9
Variable Speed Integral
Options Motor 14
Severe Duty
Washdown
13
4 ®
5 Movimot
Gearbox Gearbox Inverter
Size Options 10 11 12
Motor Motor Encoder
Speed Options
2
Shaft
Type 6
Input 7
1 Options Mechanical
Gear Variable
Type Speed
3
Mounting
Flange
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 - Type 2 - Shaft 3 - Flange 4 - Size 5 - Gear Options

R — Solid F B5 Flange R R__ Added
Helical 17 - 167
Gear Reducer
F Snuggler A Hollow FF B5 Flange F 37 - 157 B Rail Holes
Both Sides (F Box)
K Bevel H Shrink Disc Z B14 Flange K 37 - 187 B Feet
(KA Box)
S Worm V Spline M Agitator Extension S 37 - 97 F Feet + Flange
(R Box)
W Hypoid T Hollow with TorqLOC™ W 20 - 30 T Torque Arm
6 - Input Options 7 - Mechanical Variable Speed

®
A No Input AR Torque Limit Coupling D_ _ Varimot
Disc Drive
®
AD Input Shaft AR__W Torque Coupling + Speed VU_ _ Varigear Belt Drive
Monitor U-Flow
AD__P Input Shaft + Platform AR__WS Torque Coupling + Slip Monitor VZ_ _ Varigear® Belt Drive Z-Flow
AD__RS Input Shaft + Backstop AL Special Input
AD__ZR Input Shaft + Shoulder AT Centrifugal Coupling
AD__ZS Input Shaft + Scoop AT__RS Centrifugal Coupling + Backstop
AM NEMA/IEC C-Face AT__BM(G) Centrifugal Coupling + Brake
AM_RS NEMA/IEC C-Fact + Backstop
AQ Servo Input
Nomenclature 4
8 - Variable Speed Options 9 - Integral Motor 60Hz. Synchronous Motor Speed

H Handwheel @ 90° DT/DV Standard AC Induction 2 3600 rpm
S Position Dial SDT/SDV 2-Speed 40/100% Duty 4 1800 rpm
HS 90° Handwheel + Position Dial DS/DY Synchronous Servo 6 1200 rpm
BMG Brake on Pulley Shaft 8 900 rpm
B Nitrated Pulleys 4/2 1800/3600 rpm
B Chrome Disc 8/4 900/1800 rpm
N No Handwheel 6/2 1200/3600 rpm
RG Remote Speed Control 8/2 900/3600 rpm
FS Digital Meter 12/2 600/3600 rpm
IG Pickup w/o Meter
®
U No Vents on Varigear
®
GH Gear Half of Varimot
11 - Motor Options
BMG __ Motor Brake
(71 - 132S)
HR Lever Type Brake Release U TENV VR Vent Fan 24V
BM__ Motor Brake IS Z Cast Iron Fan VY

(132M +) Plug Connector Vent Fan Servo
(High Inertia)
B Servo Brake RS Backstop VS Vent Fan 1 Phase TF Thermistors
(Controller Needed)
HF Screw Type C Canopy V Vent Fan 3 Phase TH Thermostats
Brake Release
12 - Encoder
1-Type 2-Shaft 3-Size 4-Signal
E Incremental S Spread All Solid Shafts A Hardware Less Encoder T 5 VDC In
Encoder Shaft 5 VDC TTL Out
1 15-24 VDC In
A Absolute
Encoder
V Solid
Shaft
Spread Shaft
(71 - 100L)
C 24 VDC In
24 VDC HTL Out
Y SSI Interface Out
(SEW Absolute)
N Proximity
Sensor
H Hollow
Shaft
Spread Shaft R 24 VDC In 6 24 VDC In
2 (112 - 132S) 5V DC TTL Out 6 Pulses/Rev Out
X Non-SEW
Encoder All Proximity Sensors S 24 VDC In
1V SS Sin/Cos Out
13 - Movimot 14 - Severe Duty

MM03 .5 HP MM15 2.0 HP KS Severe Duty
MM05 .75 HP MM22 3.0 HP
MM07 1.0 HP MM30 5.0 HP
MM11 1.5 HP
5 Nomenclature
General Information
1.International SI Units
SI SI-Units SI SI-Units
Type of measure
Sign SI Unit Denomination
Type of measure
Sign SI Unit Denomination
Length l m meter Force F N Newton
Width b m meter Gravity Force G N Newton
2
Height h m meter Pressure p N/m Pascal
Radius r m meter Torque M Nm Newton meter
Rotary Speed n rpm Inertia J kgm2 m.r2
Diameter d m meter Temperature T K Kelvin
Distance s m meter Temperature t °C Celsius
Angle α,β,γ ,... rad radian Work, energy W J Joule
Area A,S m2 Real Power P W Watt
3
Volume V m Apparent Power S VA Volt Ampere
Time t s Second Reactive Power Q VAR Volt Ampere
Cycle Length T s Second Voltage U V Volt
Frequency f Hz Hertz Elec. Current I A Ampere
Velocity v m/s Elec. Resistance R Ω Ohm
Acceleration a m/s2 Elec. Capacity C F Farad
Gravity g m/s2 = 9.81 m/s2 Elec. Inductance L H Henry
rad
Angular Acceleration α Friction Factor µ 1
s2
Mass m kg kilogram Efficiency η 1 EFF.
Density g kg/m3 Dynamic Viscosity η Ns/m2 Pascal sec.
2.Conversion Table for Commonly Used English - Metric Units
Distance Area Volume

2
Inches = 39.37 x m sq. in. = 1550 x m Gallon (UK) = 0.22 x liter
Feet = 3.281 x m sq. ft. = 10.76 x m2 Gallon (US) = 0.264 x liter
Yards = 1.094 x m sq. yd. = 1.196 x m2 cu. inch = 61.024 x liter
2
Miles = 0.621 x km sq. ml. = 0.3861 x km cu. ft. = 35.315 x m3
Feet = 5280 x miles m2 = 106 x km2 cu. yd. = 1.308 x m3
Mass & Force Pressure, Stress Temperature
Ounces = 35.3 x kg lb./sq. in. = 14.69 x atm. °F = 1.8 x °C + 32
Pounds = 2.205 x kg ft. water = 33.9 x atm. °C = 0.555(°F - 32)
Pounds = 0.225 x N Pascal = 9.81 x 104 x atm.
Torque Inertia Performance
2
lb. in. = 8.85 x Nm WK2 (lbft. ) = 5.93 x GD2 lb. in. = 86.79 x kpm
2
lb. ft. = 0.738 x Nm WK2 (lbft. ) = 23.75 x J lb. ft. = 0.7376 x J
lb. in. = 86.79 x kpm lb. in.2 = 144 x lb. ft.2 lb. ft./min. = 44253 x kW
lb. ft. = 7.233 x kpm J (mr2) = 0.25 x GD2 (kgfm2) lb. ft./s. = 737.55 x kW
lb. in. = 12 x lb. ft. hp = 1.34 x kW
General Information 6
3.Standards and Regulations

SEW-Eurodrive AC motors and brakemotors comply electrically with all the relevant standards including NEMA standard MG1.
The efficiency and losses, as shown in the motor data of this catalog, are determined in accordance with IEEE Standard 112, Test
Method B per NEMA MG1-12.58-1993. SEW-Eurodrive AC motors and brakemotors meet the thermal standards of all foreign
regulations provided the appropriate permissible temperature rise is not exceeded.
Permissible temperature rise above the air

cooling temperature in °C
Regulation Ambient Temp. - °C (measured by change in resistance)
B F
DIN 57530 Part 1/11.72 40 80 105
England BS 2613/70 40 80 105
Canada CSA 40 80 105
USA NEMA 40 80 105
USA ANSI 40 80 105
Italy CEI 40 80 105
Sweden SEN 40 80 —
Norway NEK 40 80 —
Belgium NBN 40 80 105
France NF 40 80 105
Switzerland SEV 40 80 105
IEC 34-1 40 80 105
India IS 40 80 —
Germanischer Lloyd 45 75 95
American Bureau of Shipping 50 75(1) 95
Bureau Veritas 50 70 90
Norske Veritas 45 70 —
Lloyds Register 45 70 90
RINA 50 70 —
PRS Polski Rejester Statkow 50 70 90
(1)
Resistance method acceptable only by agreement
(Thermometrically 10K less)
7 General Information
4.Abbreviations
Nomenclature Abbreviation Unit
Axial Load FA lb
Service factor for the load classification fB
Permissible output overhung load at the midpoint of the output shaft FRa lb
extension
Permissible input overhung load at the midpoint of the input shaft FRe lb
extension.
Service factor based on the ambient temperature fT
Gear Unit Ratio i
Moment of Inertia to be Driven J lb-ft2
Output Speed na rpm
Input Speed ne rpm
Output horsepower Pa Hp
Calculated input power to the gear unit* Pe Hp
Motor Power Pn Hp
Output torque Ta lb-in.
Maximum permissible output torque at a service factor of 1.0 Ta max lb-in
*Pe is calculated from ta max by taking into account the gear units efficiency under standard operating conditions. for calculated Pe
less than .2HP, a dash (—) is shown in the respective selection tables since the actual values are subject to large variations.
5.Code letters for Locked Rotor kVA

NEMA Code Letters per MG1-10.37.2-1993
Code LRkVA/Hp Code LRkVA/Hp
A 0.0 - 3.14 L 9.0 - 9.9
B 3.15 - 3.54 M 10.0 - 11.1
C 3.55 - 3.9 N 11.2 - 12.4
D 4.0 - 4.4 P 12.5 - 13.9
E 4.5 - 4.9 R 14.0 - 15.9
F 5.0 - 5.5 S 16.0 - 17.9
G 5.6 - 6.2 T 18.0 - 19.9
H 6.3 - 7.0 U 20.0 - 22.3
J 7.1 - 7.9 V 22.4 and up
K 8.0 - 8.9
Starting LRkVA / Hp x Hp x 1000

Locked Rotor Amps = for 3 phase motors
Rated Volts x 1.732
6.Introduction
This TorqLOC supplemental guide contains information for the TorqLOC Mounting System. Please refer to the SEW Gearmotor
Catalog for more specific information on production selection.
General Information 8
Notes
9 General Information
Service Factoring
7.SEW Application Criteria

In order to select the most suitable gear unit it is essential that a thorough knowledge of the characteristics of the driven machine are
known. The gear units are normally designed for constant torque load and only a few starts/stops. If these conditions do not exist, it
is necessary to determine a service factor, fB, from the start/stop frequency, Load Class, and the daily operating time as shown in
the diagram below.
For gearmotors, the appropriate service factor taken from the diagram is then compared with the service factor given with each
speed/power combination listed in the gearmotor selection tables. To ensure a long, trouble free service life it is essential that the
unit selected has a service factor equal to, or greater than, that determined from the diagram.
When the stainless steel TorqLOC (hollowshaft and/or bushing) is selected, a minimum service factor of 1.4 is required.
7.1 Load Classification
I = Uniform load. Permissible inertia acceleration factor ≤ 0.2

II = Moderate shock load. Permissible inertia acceleration factor ≤ 3.0
III = Heavy shock load. Permissible inertia acceleration factor ≤ 10
For inertia acceleration factor > 10, please contact your nearest SEW-Eurodrive representative.
JL
Inertia acceleration factor = where JL = Reflected Load Inertia and Jm = Motor Inertia
Jm
1
All external load inertias, J, must be reflected back to the input side of the gear unit. Example: JL = J ×
(Gear Ratio)2
Included in the number of starts and stops per hour must be all regenerative brake actions and the speed changes from high to low
speed as experienced with multi-speed motors.
Example: Load Class I with 200 starts and stops per hour and operating time of 24 hours per day gives a service factor (fB) of 1.36.
Service Factoring 10
8.AGMA Criteria
SEW-Eurodrive reducers may be service factored using criteria set forth in the various AGMA Standards. For parallel helical
gearmotors (Models R and F), right angle helical-bevel gearmotors (Model K), and right angle helical worm gearmotors (Model S),
AGMA uses service classes I, II, and III, which are based on:
• Class I - Steady loads not exceeding normal rating and 8-10 hours running time per day. Service Factor 1.0 minimum.
• Class II - Steady loads not exceeding normal rating and 24 hours running time per day.
Moderate shock loads, not exceeding 1.25 x Rated Load Torque and 8-10 hours running time per day.
Service Factor 1.4 minimum.
• Class III - Moderate shock loads, 1.25 x Rated Load Torque and 24 hours running time per day.
Heavy shock loads, exceeding 1.25 x Rated Load Torque and 8-10 hours running time per day.
Service Factor 2.0 minimum.
Reference AGMA Standard 6019-E89 for Service Class listings by application.
When the stainless steel TorqLOC (hollowshaft and/or bushing) is selected, a minimum service factor of AGMA Class II
is required.
AGMA uses service factors for electric motors, turbines, and hydraulic motors as listed by the chart below. In the chart, the reducer
loading may be classified as follows:
• Uniform Load - Recurrent shock loads do not exceed the nominal specified input or prime mover power.
• Moderate Shock Load - Recurrent shock loads do not exceed 1.25 x the nominal specified input or prime mover power.
• Heavy Shock Load - Recurrent shock loads do not exceed 1.50 x the nominal specified input or prime mover power.
• Extreme Shock Load - Recurrent shock loads do not exceed 1.75 x the nominal specified input or prime mover
NOTE: The magnitude of any recurrent shock load should be estimated

or determined through test by the system designer. Recurrent shock
loads can be of such a short duration that they may not be reflected in
motor current readings. In these cases actual loads are usually
determined by strain gauging the driven shaft of the machine.
Duration of Service
Uniform Load Moderate Shock Heavy Shock Extreme Shock
(Hours per Day)
Occasional .5 hour — — 1.00 1.25
Less than 3 hours 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.50
3 - 10 hours 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75
Over 10 hours 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00
When the prime mover is a single or multi-cylinder engine, the service factors must be modified by the following:
Steam and Gas Turbines,

Single Cylinder Engines Multi-Cylinder Engines
Hydraulic or Electric Motors
1.00 1.50 1.25
1.25 1.75 1.50
1.50 2.00 1.75
1.75 2.25 2.00
2.00 2.50 2.25
2.25 2.75 2.50
2.50 3.00 2.75
2.75 3.25 3.00
3.00 3.50 3.25
Starting conditions where peak loads exceed 200% of rated load and applications with frequent starts and stops require special
load analysis. Service Factor listings by application may be found in AGMA 6010-F97 for Models R, F and K reducers and AGMA
6034-B92 for Model S reducers and gearmotors.
11 Service Factoring
TorqLOC Gear Units
TorqLOC Gear Units 12

TorqLOC™ is a keyless hollow shaft design based on a standard shrink disc, and offers interchangeable bushings for mounting
SEW-Eurodrive hollow shaft reducers onto various sized solid shafts. This mounting solution is suitable for those applications that
traditionally are using hollow shaft reducers or applications requiring the most efficient means to transmit the torque.
Some of the benefits of the TorqLOC are:

• Cold rolled and turned "shaft" stock can be used without additional machining.
• No key on the shaft.
• No threaded hole on the end of the shaft.
• Several bore sizes available per reducer size.
• TorqLOC, with the same shrink disc and hollow shaft, fit a range of shaft sizes, with bushings fitted to individual shafts.
This reduces the number of spare reducers needed.
• The possibility to select a smaller shaft diameter, savings on other components such as bearings, seals, etc.
• The clearance between the solid shaft and the hollow shaft ensures easy installation and removal of the gearbox.
• The design of the bushing and shrink disc prevent any "walking" (axial movement) between the shaft and the bushing.
• Tightening screws are also used to dismantle the tapered bushing so no additional removal tools or adapters are required.
TorqLOC is available in a symmetrical and a non-symmetrical version. The symmetrical hollow shaft can have the shrink disc
on either end while the non-symmetrical has to be specified for A or B-side. Flanged units and units with heavy duty bearings
are not available.
TorqLOC provides the same axial load capabilities as that of a traditional shrink disc equipped unit. Contact the local SEW
Assembly Center for details.
The standard TorqLOC shrink disc and torque bushing are electroless nickel-plated carbon steel. For harsh environment a stainless
steel TorqLOC is available. However, due to the characteristics of stainless steel a minimum service factor of 1.4 is required.
TorqLOC is an SEW-Eurodrive patent pending design and a registered Trade Mark.
13 TorqLOC Gear Units

Notes
TorqLOC Gear Units 14

Mounting Positions
1.General information on mounting positions

SEW differentiates between six mounting positions M1 — M6 for geared motors. The following figure shows the spatial
arrangement of the gear units in mounting positions M1 — M6. Mounting position for the entire SEW line of products can be found in
the current Gearmotor Catalog.
M6
M6 M1
M2
M2
M1
M5
M5 M4
M4
F..
M3 M3
M6
M1
M1 M6
M2 M2
M5
M5
M4
M4 K..
S.. M3
M3
2.Comparison of old/new
The following table shows how the old SEW mounting position designations have been transferred into the new system.
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
F... H1 H6 H2 H5 H4 H3
K... H1 H4 H2 H3 H5 H6
S... H1 H4 H2 H3 H5 H6
15 Mounting Positions
3.Important order information

3.1. For all geared motors
The following order information is required in addition to the mounting position for F,K and S geared motors to render an exact
definition of the drive configuration.
3.2. Position of the motor terminal box and cable entry
Possible positions of the terminal box are 0°, 90°, 180° or 270° as viewed onto the fanguard = B-side. In addition, the position of the
cable entry can be selected. The possibilities are “X”(default position), “1", ”2" or “3".
X 270˚
0˚ 180˚
1 3
X X
X
90˚
Figure 1
Position of the terminal box and cable entry
Unless other information is given regarding the terminal box, the 0° type with “X” cable entry will be supplied. We recommend
selecting cable entry “2" with mounting position M3.
DFT71 frame motors: Cable entry “2" with terminal box position 0°, 90°,
and 270° or ”X" with terminal box 180° are not possible with F57, K47, or
S57 (or larger) or with an IEC flange greater than 120mm.
3.3. Direction of rotation - drive with a backstop
If the drive has a RS backstop, it is necessary to stipulate the direction of drive rotation. The following definition applies:
Clockwise (CW) - Rotating to the right

Looking onto the output shaft:
Counterclockwise (CCW) - Rotating to the left
CCW CW CCW CW
In right-angle gear units, it is necessary to indicate if the direction of rotation is given looking onto the A or B end.
Mounting Positions 16
3.4. Position of the enter side in right-angle gear units
For right-angle gear units with nonsymmetrical TorqLOC hollow shafts it is necessary to indicate whether the A or B end is the
entering side. Right-angle gear units with symmetrical TorqLOC hollow shafts can be used for entering at both A or B end. The
mounting position indicates if the hollow shaft is nonsymmetrical or symmetrical
Sample Orders:
Type
Mounting Position Hollow Shaft Enter Side Shrink Disk Side
(examples)
KT67DT90L4 M1A Nonsymmetrical A B
KT67DT90L4 M1B Nonsymmetrical B A
KT67DT90L4 M1AB Symmetrical A or B A or B
4.Key to Mounting Position Symbols

The following table shows which symbols are used in the mounting position sheets and what they mean.
Symbol Meaning
Breather valve
Oil level plug
Oil drain plug
5.Churning Losses
Increased churning losses may arise in some mounting positions. Please contact SEW in case of the following combinations.
Mounting Position Model Input Speed

(rpm)
F97 > 2500
M2, M3, M4, M5, M6 K77 — 97 > 2500
S77 — 97 > 2500
6.Mounting Positions for Gearmotor with TorqLOC

6.1. FT37 — 97
x 270˚
2
0˚ 180˚ 1 3
x x x
90˚
M1
0˚
FA47 x
M4 * M2 *
0˚ x
x 0˚
0˚
M3 *
M5 * M6 *
x x x
180˚ 0˚
270˚ 90˚ 90˚ 270˚
0˚ 180˚
x x x
*Please see page 18 for more information regarding churning losses.
6.2. KT37 — 97
x 270˚
2
A B 1 3
0˚ 180˚
x x x
90˚
M1
0˚
M4 * x
M2 *
x
0˚
KA47
x 0˚
x KA47
0˚
M3 *
M5 * M6 *
x x x
180˚ A 0˚
B
90˚
270˚ 270˚
90˚
0˚
A B 180˚
x x x
6.3. ST37
x 270˚
2
A B 1 3
0˚ 180˚
x x x
90˚
M1
0˚
M4 x M2
0˚
x
0˚
x
0˚
M3
M5 M6
x x
180˚ x 0˚
B A
270˚ 90˚ 90˚ 270˚
A B
0˚ x 180˚
x x
6.4. ST47 — 97
x 270˚
2
A B 1 3
0˚ 180˚
x x x
90˚
M1
0˚
M4* M2 *
x
0˚ x
x 0˚
x
0˚
M3
M5 * M6 *
x x
x
180˚ x A 0˚
B
90˚
270˚ 270˚
90˚
A B
0˚ 180˚
x x x
Dimensions
Dimensions
Bore sizes Symmetrical Non symmetrical
Model D D
mm inch AM EH ES AM EH ES
FT 37 30 1 1.1875 1.25 1.59 7.60 7.93 0.65 6.65 6.99
FT 47 35 1.1875 1.25 1.375 1.4375 1.73 9.09 9.29 0.75 8.11 8.31
FT 57 40 1.375 1.4375 1.5 1.625 2.07 10.33 10.53 0.81 9.07 9.27
FT 67 40 1.375 1.4375 1.5 1.625 2.05 10.85 11.06 0.81 9.59 9.80
FT 77 50 1.625 1.75 1.9375 2 2.66 13.21 13.56 0.93 11.48 11.83
FT 87 65 1.9375 2 2.375 2.4375 3.11 15.24 15.55 1.02 13.15 13.46
FT 97 75 2.4375 2.75 2.9375 3.23 17.76 18.07 1.02 15.55 15.87
Tolerances
Model AM EH ES Model AM EH ES
FT 37-77 -0.078/+0.039 -0.157/+0.078 -0.078/+0.039 FT 87-97 -0.098/+0.039 -0.196/+0.078 -0.098/+0.039
Bushing Part Numbers

Torque Bushing Bronze Torque Bushing Bronze
Model Bore size support Model Bore support
Nickel **Stainless size Nickel **Stainless
plated steel bushing plated steel bushing
30 mm 643 951 9 643 885 7 643 942 X 50 mm 643 954 3 643 915 2 643 947 0
1 in 643 788 5 643 879 2 643 744 3 1.625 in 643 811 3 643 907 1 643 767 2
FT 37
1.1875 in 643 789 3 643 881 4 643 745 1 FT 77 1.75 in 643 812 1 643 909 8 643 768 0
1.25 in 643 790 7 643 883 0 643 739 7 1.9375 in 643 813 X 643 911 X 643 769 9
35 mm 643 952 7 643 895 4 643 943 8 2 in 643 814 8 643 913 6 643 770 2
1.1875 in 643 792 3 643 887 3 643 748 6 65 mm 643 955 1 643 925 X 643 948 9
FT 47 1.25 in 643 793 1 643 889 X 643 749 4 1.9375 in 643 741 9 643 917 9 643 740 0
1.375 in 643 794 X 643 891 1 643 750 8 FT 87 2 in 643 816 4 643 919 5 643 772 9
1.4375 in 643 795 8 643 893 X 643 751 6 2.375 in 643 817 2 643 921 7 643 773 7
40 mm 643 953 5 643 905 5 643 944 6 2.4375 in 643 818 0 643 923 3 643 774 5
1.375 in 643 804 0 643 897 0 643 760 5 75 mm 643 956 X 643 933 0 643 949 7
FT 57 1.4375 in 643 805 9 643 899 7 643 761 3 2.4375 in 643 820 2 643 927 6 643 776 1
FT 97
1.5 in 643 806 7 643 901 2 643 762 1 2.75 in 643 821 0 643 929 2 643 777 X
1.625 in 643 807 5 643 903 9 643 763 X 2.9375 in 643 822 9 643 931 4 643 778 8
40 mm 643 953 5 643 905 5 643 944 6
1.375 in 643 804 0 643 897 0 643 760 5
FT 67 1.4375 in 643 805 9 643 899 7 643 761 3
1.5 in 643 806 7 643 901 2 643 762 1
1.625 in 643 807 5 643 903 9 643 763 X **Refer to page 10 for information about service factor of stainless steel units.
Dimensions are subject to change without notice See current Gearmotor Catalog for gearmotor dimensions
23 Dimensions
Dimensions
Model D D
mm inch EA EH ES EA EH ES
KT 37 30 1 1.1875 1.25 3.94 7.60 7.93 2.99 6.65 6.99
KT 47 35 1.1875 1.25 1.375 1.4375 4.65 9.09 9.29 3.66 8.11 8.31
KT 57 40 1.375 1.4375 1.5 1.625 5.30 10.33 10.53 4.04 9.07 9.27
KT 67 40 1.375 1.4375 1.5 1.625 5.57 10.85 11.06 4.31 9.59 9.80
KT 77 50 1.625 1.75 1.9375 2 6.75 13.21 13.56 5.02 11.48 11.83
KT 87 65 1.9375 2 2.375 2.4375 7.80 15.24 15.55 5.71 13.15 13.46
KT 97 75 2.4375 2.75 2.9375 9.09 17.76 18.07 6.89 15.55 15.87
Tolerances
Model EA EH ES Model EA EH ES
KT 37-77 -0.078/+0.039 -0.157/+0.078 -0.078/+0.039 KT 87-97 -0.098/+0.039 -0.196/+0.078 -0.098/+0.039

30 mm 643 951 9 643 885 7 643 942 X 50 mm 643 954 3 643 915 2 643 947 0
1 in 643 788 5 643 879 2 643 744 3 1.625 in 643 811 3 643 907 1 643 767 2
KT 37
1.1875 in 643 789 3 643 881 4 643 745 1 KT 77 1.75 in 643 812 1 643 909 8 643 768 0
1.25 in 643 790 7 643 883 0 643 739 7 1.9375 in 643 813 X 643 911 X 643 769 9
35 mm 643 952 7 643 895 4 643 943 8 2 in 643 814 8 643 913 6 643 770 2
1.1875 in 643 792 3 643 887 3 643 748 6 65 mm 643 955 1 643 925 X 643 948 9
KT 47 1.25 in 643 793 1 643 889 X 643 749 4 1.9375 in 643 741 9 643 917 9 643 740 0
1.375v 643 794 X 643 891 1 643 750 8 KT 87 2 in 643 816 4 643 919 5 643 772 9
1.4375 in 643 795 8 643 893 X 643 751 6 2.375 in 643 817 2 643 921 7 643 773 7
40 mm 643 953 5 643 905 5 643 944 6 2.4375 in 643 818 0 643 923 3 643 774 5
1.375 in 643 804 0 643 897 0 643 760 5 75 mm 643 956 X 643 933 0 643 949 7
KT 57 1.4375 in 643 805 9 643 899 7 643 761 3 2.4375 in 643 820 2 643 927 6 643 776 1
KT 97
1.5 in 643 806 7 643 901 2 643 762 1 2.75 in 643 821 0 643 929 2 643 777 X
1.625 in 643 807 5 643 903 9 643 763 X 2.9375 in 643 822 9 643 931 4 643 778 8
40 mm 643 953 5 643 905 5 643 944 6
1.375 in 643 804 0 643 897 0 643 760 5
KT 67 1.4375 in 643 805 9 643 899 7 643 761 3
1.5 in 643 806 7 643 901 2 643 762 1
Dimensions 24
Dimensions
Model D D
mm inch EA EH ES EA EH ES
ST 37 19 0.625 0.6875 0.75 3.78 7.28 7.52 2.99 6.50 6.73
ST 47 30 1 1.1875 1.25 3.94 7.60 7.93 2.99 6.65 6.99
ST 57 35 1.1875 1.25 1.375 1.4375 4.65 9.09 9.29 3.66 8.11 8.31
ST 67 40 1.375 1.4375 1.5 1.625 5.33 10.37 10.59 4.07 9.11 9.33
ST 77 50 1.625 1.75 1.9375 2 6.75 13.21 13.56 5.02 11.48 11.83
ST 87 65 1.9375 2 2.375 2.4375 7.87 15.39 15.67 5.91 13.43 13.70
ST 97 75 2.4375 2.75 2.9375 8.66 16.97 17.17 6.69 15.00 15.20
Tolerances
Model EA EH ES Model EA EH ES
ST 37-77 -0.078/+0.039 -0.157/+0.078 -0.078/+0.039 ST 87-97 -0.098/+0.039 -0.196/+0.078 -0.098/+0.039

20 mm 643 950 0 643 877 6 643 941 1 50 mm 643 954 3 643 915 2 643 947 0
0.625 in 643 780 X 643 871 7 643 736 2 1.625 in 643 811 3 643 907 1 643 767 2
ST 37
0.6875 in 643 781 8 643 873 3 643 737 0 ST 77 1.75 in 643 812 1 643 909 8 643 768 0
0.75 in 643 782 6 643 875 X 643 738 9 1.9375 in 643 813 X 643 911 X 643 769 9
30 mm 643 951 9 643 885 7 643 942 X 2 in 643 814 8 643 913 6 643 770 2
1 in 643 788 5 643 879 2 643 744 3 65 mm 643 955 1 643 925 X 643 948 9
ST 47
1.1875 in 643 789 3 643 881 4 643 745 1 1.9375 in 643 741 9 643 917 9 643 740 0
1.25 in 643 790 7 643 883 0 643 739 7 ST 87 2 in 643 816 4 643 919 5 643 772 9
35 mm 643 952 7 643 895 4 643 943 8 2.375 in 643 817 2 643 921 7 643 773 7
1.1875 in 643 792 3 643 887 3 643 748 6 2.4375 in 643 818 0 643 923 3 643 774 5
ST 57 1.25 in 643 793 1 643 889 X 643 749 4 75 mm 643 956 X 643 933 0 643 949 7
1.375 in 643 794 X 643 891 1 643 750 8 2.4375 in 643 820 2 643 927 6 643 776 1
ST 97
1.4375 in 643 795 8 643 893 X 643 751 6 2.75 in 643 821 0 643 929 2 643 777 X
40 mm 643 953 5 643 905 5 643 944 6 2.9375 in 643 822 9 643 931 4 643 778 8
1.375 in 643 804 0 643 897 0 643 760 5
ST 67 1.4375 in 643 805 9 643 899 7 643 761 3
1.5 in 643 806 7 643 901 2 643 762 1
25 Dimensions
This table shows maximum allowable solid shaft deflection over the length EH (EH dimension, see dimension pages)
Model
RO
K, F S
— 37 0.0051
37 47 0.0051
47 57 0.0051
57, 67 67 0.0062
77 77 0.0062
87 87 0.0074
97 97 0.0074
Dimensions 26
Installation Instructions
Caution
Do not tighten the shrink disc until the machine shaft is in
position or the hollow shaft will be damaged.
1.Installation and Removal of a gearbox with the TorqLOC Mounting System.

1.1. Installation
Before beginning installtion, refer to the graphic below and familiarize yourself with the components of the TorqLOC.
6
4
Required Parts
1 Hollow Shaft (Inside gearbox) 5 Shrink Disc
2 Support Bushing 6 Locking Bolts
3 Clamping Ring 7 Machine Shaft
4 Torque Bushing
1. Thoroughly clean inside the hollow shaft and machine shaft. Ensure that there are no traces of grease or oil.
2. Position the support bushing (2) on the machine shaft (7).
3. Secure the support bushing with the clamping ring (3). For exact location of the support bushing and clamping
ring, see dimension pages.
4. Slide the gear box (1) on the machine shaft until it stops against the support bushing.
5. Make sure that all bolts (6) in the shrink disc (5) are loose. Slide the torque bushing (4) on the machine shaft until
it is completely seated. Tighten the shrink disc bolts finger tight only and make sure that the collars on the shrink
disc are parallel.
6. Tighten the bolts on the shrink disc by working around, from one bolt to next, in a circular pattern. Do not turn
each bolt more than 1/4 of a turn at a time. Verify that bolts are not turning at specified tightening torque.
Tightening Torque
Model Torque
K, F S Ft-lbs
— 37 3
37 47 9
47 57 9
57, 67 67 9
77 77 22
87 87 22
97 97 22
1.2. Removal
1. Unscrew the bolts on the shrink disc evenly one after the other. To avoid jamming the collars loosen each bolt
only 1/4 turn. Once each bolt has been loosened they can be completely removed in sequence.
2. Remove the torque bushing. If necessary, use the collar as a puller. To do this, first remove all tightening bolts,
then use bolts to pull the collars apart and also extract the bushing.
3. Pull the gearbox from the machine shaft.
TorqLOC Option Pricing

The following prices are list prices for the TorqLOC only. Refer to the Constant and Variable Speed Price Book for
gearmotor prices.
TorqLOC Carbon Steel Hollow-shafts with nickel-plated shrink disc and bushings.
Reducer Size KT List FT List ST List
ST37 — — 180.00
KT/FT37, ST47 190.00 115.00 235.00
KT/FT47, ST57 240.00 160.00 305.00
KT/FT57 295.00 205.00 —
KT/FT67, ST67 335.00 230.00 435.00
KT/FT77, ST77 410.00 305.00 590.00
KT/FT87, ST87 580.00 420.00 840.00
KT/FT97, ST97 850.00 620.00 1,200.00
TorqLOC Stainless Steel Hollow-shafts, shrink disc and bushings.

Reducer Size KT List FT List ST List
ST37 — — 327.00
KT/FT37, ST47 374.00 329.00 347.00
KT/FT47, ST57 444.00 385.00 412.00
KT/FT57 588.00 504.00 —
KT/FT67, ST67 628.00 544.00 593.00
KT/FT77, ST77 1,009.00 897.00 1,123.00
KT/FT87, ST87 1,765.00 1,630.00 1,928.00
KT/FT97, ST97 2,446.00 2,243.00 2,805.00
Additional Bushings
1 2
Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Bronze Bushing
Reducer Size Bushing List Bushing List List
(Ea) (Ea) (Ea)
KT/FT37 33.00 14.00 32.00
KT/FT47 45.00 16.00 40.00
KT/FT57 58.00 18.00 50.00
KT/FT67 58.00 18.00 50.00
KT/FT77 115.00 35.00 98.00
KT/FT87 233.00 64.00 168.00
KT/FT97 341.00 83.00 230.00
ST37 26.00 11.00 24.00
ST47 31.00 13.00 30.00
ST57 42.00 15.00 37.00
ST67 54.00 17.00 47.00
ST77 108.00 33.00 92.00
ST87 218.00 60.00 157.00
ST97 319.00 78.00 215.00
1
Stainless steel bushing can be used with the carbon steel hollow shaft. Check selection catalog when using stainless steel bushing.
2
Bronze bushing is used on the side opposite the TorqLOC shrink disc.
31 TorqLOC Option Pricing

Notes
TorqLOC Option Pricing 32

Address List
USA
Production South Carolina SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. (864) 439-7537
Assembly 1295 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Sales (864) 439-7830
Sales P.O. Box 518 Fax Mfg. (864) 439-9948
Service Lyman, S.C. 29365 Fax Assembly (864) 439-0566
Telex 805 550
E-mail: cslyman@seweurodrive.com
Assembly California SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. (510) 487-3560
Sales 30599 San Antonio St. Fax (510) 487-6381
Service Hayward, California 94544-7101 E-mail: cshayward@seweurodrive.com
New Jersey SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. (856) 467-2277
Pureland Ind. Complex Fax (856) 845-3179
200 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481 E-mail: csbridgeport@seweurodrive.com
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014
Ohio SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. (9 37) 335-0036
2001 West Main Street Fax (9 37) 440-3799
Troy, Ohio 45373 E-mail: cstroy@seweurodrive.com
Texas SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. (214) 330-4824
3950 Platinum Way Fax (214) 330-4724
Dallas, Texas 75237 E-mail: csdallas@seweurodrive.com
Canada
Assembly Toronto SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. (905) 791-1553
Sales 210 Walker Drive Fax (905) 791-2999
Service Bramalea, Ontario L6T3W1
Vancouver SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. (604) 946-5535
7188 Honeyman Street Fax (604) 946-2513
Delta. B.C. V4G 1 E2
Montreal SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. (514) 367-1124
2555 Rue Leger Street Fax (514) 367-3677
LaSalle, Quebec H8N 2V9
USA District Sales Offices
Alabama BOB WHITTLESEY Tel. (205) 979-3484
3500 Teton Circle Fax (205) 822-1838
Birmingham AL 35216
Arkansas ED LOCKETT Tel. (501) 336-8620
1402 Trails Edge Drive Fax (501) 327-8579
Conway AR 72032
California RICK BURDICK Tel./Fax (714) 970-6197
3942 Canyon Terrace
Yorba Linda CA 92686
MICHAEL HASKINS Tel./Fax (707) 453-1550
7750 Chisamore Ranch Lane
Vacaville CA 95688
ROBERT HOEHN Tel./Fax (714) 537-3290
11101 Gardenaire Lane
Garden Grove CA 92841-1325
JOHN McNAMEE Tel./Fax (209) 473-4887
1736 McClellan Drive Mobile (209) 481-6928
Stockton CA 95207
Colorado BRUCE COOPER Tel./Fax (303) 526-0228
686 Lookout Mountain Road
Golden CO 80401
Connecticut DAVID DANFORTH Tel. (860) 875-7938
9 Windmill Road Fax (860) 870-1025
Ellington CT 06029
Florida TONY O. TOLEDO Tel. (941) 729-0717
902 25th Avenue W. Fax (941) 729-7507
Palmetto FL 34221
33 Address List
Georgia JIM GARRETT Tel. (706) 210-0116
3843 Boulder Creek Rd. Fax (706) 228-4990
Martinez GA 30907
JAMES WALSH Tel. (770) 237-8734
2417 Courtney Renea Drive Fax (770) 237-5735
Dacula GA 30019
Idaho DUWAYNE HOGAN Tel./Fax (208) 667-0414
3622 Hillcrest Drive
Coeur d’Alene ID 83815
Illinois TOM ELLIS Tel. (815) 872-5200
205 W. Prairie Lane Fax (815) 872-5202
Princeton IL 61356
SCOTT R. JOHNSON Tel. (847) 639-9774
52 Boxwood Lane Fax (847) 639-9775
Cary IL 60013
JEFFREY L. WESTROM Tel. (630) 790-2868
2 S. 111 Stratford Road Fax (630) 790-2878
Glen Ellyn IL 60137
Indiana TED KNUE Tel. (317) 888-9355
2070 Lake Run Drive Fax (317) 882-0746
Greenwood IN 46143
MARVIN SEWELL Tel. (812) 866-5626
4616 N. State Rd. 3 Fax (812)866-2990
Deputy, IN 47230
Iowa JOHN HOHNSTEIN Tel. (319) 378-1642
10505 Hawks Haven Road Fax (319) 378-5585
Cedar Rapids IA 52411
MIKE MARKSBURY Tel. (712) 255-3662
3510 Lindenwood Street Fax (712) 258-9299
Sioux City IA 51104
Kansas GREG WHITE Tel. (913) 310-0399
15325 W. 84th Terrace Fax (913) 310-0323
Lenexa, Kansas 66219
Kansas (South) LOUIS BRANKEL Tel. (918) 437-4370
3301 S. 139th E. Avenue Fax (918) 437-4390
Tulsa OK 74134
Kentucky MARVIN SEWELL Tel. (812) 866-5626
4616 N. SR 3 Fax (812) 866-2990
Deputy IN 47230
Louisiana SHELDON ANDERSON Tel. (318) 395-1001
230 Anderson Road Fax (318) 395-1002
Quitman LA 71268
Maryland THOMAS MARTIN Tel. (410) 939-8503
102 Tidewater Drive Fax (410) 939-8457
Havre de Grace MD 21078
Massachusetts JOHN M. HEBERT Tel./Fax (978) 887-7070
2 King Arthur Court
Boxford MA 01921
Michigan CHARLES F. MCLAUGHLIN Tel. (248) 391-0543
2991 Baldwin Road Fax (248) 391-0563
Lake Orion MI 48360
JEFFREY ROBINSON Tel. (586) 786-1930
56869 Copperfield Drive Fax (586) 786-1931
Shelby Twp. MI 48316-4862
District Sales Representative Tel. (616) 245-9266
L.H. FLAHERTY COMPANY (800) 878-0081
LARRY FLAHERTY Fax (616) 241-0954
DENNY DUIMSTRA
1577 E. Jefferson, S.E.
Grand Rapids MI 49507
Address List 34
Minnesota ANDY SEMELIS Tel. (763) 780-1810
8605 Yalta Street, N.E. Fax (763) 780-3777
Circle Pines MN 55014
Missouri GREGORY R. TUCKER Tel. (314) 845-6128
3618 Coffee Tree Court Fax (314) 845-6129
St. Louis MO 63129
New Jersey EDWARD McLAUGHLIN Tel. (845) 856-8811
7 Ridgeview Lane Fax (845) 856-8844
Port Jervis NY 12771
EDWARD TUCKER Tel. (856) 939-2535
806 Front Street Fax (856) 939-2114
Glendora NJ 08029
New York ART CONNER Tel. (716) 695-7728
112 Calvert Blvd. Fax (716) 695-9109
Tonawanda NY 14150
PETER T. SCHMITT Tel. (315) 682-5369
4627 Slippery Rock Fax (315) 682-3556
Manlius NY 13104
RICHARD MAGGIO Tel. (631) 549-8750
38 Roe Street Fax (631) 351-0872
Melville NY 11747
North Carolina BRENT CRAFT Tel. (336) 674-5361
4004 Smithfield Road Fax (336) 674-1290
Greensboro NC 27406
JACK F. JUNG Tel. (704) 362-2674
117 N. Brackenbury Lane Fax (704) 362-2961
Charlotte NC 28270
Ohio DAN BAGLIONE Tel. (419) 353-0122
520 Lorraine Ave. Fax (419) 353-2209
PO Box 1093
Bowling Green OH 43402
LOWELL BISHOP Tel. (614) 538-0880
4080 Bayberry Court Fax (614) 538-0889
Columbus OH 43220
GUY BORCHERS Tel. (937) 339-1333
82 Countryside Drive N. Fax (937) 339-1140
Troy OH 45373
JOHN HERSTINE Tel. (330) 866-2544
248 Plain Street Fax (330) 866-2553
PO Box 82
Magnolia OH 44643
ROBERT SCHMIDT Tel. (330) 678-2550
1214 Shady Lakes Dr Fax (330) 678-2446
Kent OH 44240
Oklahoma LOUIS BRANKEL Tel. (918) 437-4370
3301 S. 139th E. Avenue Fax (918) 437-4390
Tulsa OK 74134
Oregon MICHAEL S. JOHNSON Tel./Fax (360) 256-1785
15804 N.E. 160 Ct
Brush Prairie WA 98606
Pennsylvania SCOTT BANSKY Tel. (412) 243-9040
1213 Milton Street Fax (412) 243-9041
Pittsburgh PA 15218
MARK BETZER Tel. (570) 742-1360
RR2, Box 1390 Fax (570) 742-1361
Milton PA 17847
PAUL E. DECKER Tel./Fax (215) 679-5638
245 Washington Street Fax (215) 679-6281
Red Hill PA 18076
JOHN SHOOP Tel./Fax (570) 584-4368
11 Price Drive Fax (570) 584-5097
Hughesville PA 17737
35 Address List
South Carolina BILL KINARD Tel. (864) 288-2725
20 Wrenwood Court Fax (864) 288-3573
Greer SC 29651
Tennessee RUSSELL MOOK Tel. (931) 486-3242
2501 Golden Pond Lane, Fax (931) 486-1281
Spring Hill TN 37174
Texas JOHN HILL Tel. (254) 780-1251
170 Benchmark Trail Fax (254) 780-1074
Belton TX 76513
KYLE M. SANDY Tel. (214) 696-5595
2828 Rosedale Fax (214) 696-0242
Dallas TX 75205
STEWART SAPPINGTON Tel. (281) 893-2377
13519 Fawcett Fax (281) 893-1554
Houston TX 77069
MIKE STEWART Tel. (972) 289-7996
2903 Shadwell Lane Fax (972) 288-3549
Mesquite TX 75149
Utah STEVEN JACOBSON Tel. (801) 612-9558
5520 S 225 E Fax (801) 612-9561
Ogden UT 84405
Virginia HANK HANNAM Tel. (804) 525-5394
Rt. 2, Box 636 Fax (804) 525-5694
Forest VA 24551
CHRIS WOOD Tel. (804) 740-2269
12211 Poplar Forest Drive Fax (804) 741-5141
Richmond VA 23233
Washington WILLIAM A. ASCHENBRENNER Tel. (206) 264-0545
3687 Duwamish Ave. South Fax (206) 264-1545
Seattle WA 98134
Wisconsin FRANK CARR Tel. (920) 751-3871
PO Box 306 Fax (920) 751-0107
Menasha WI 54952
WALTER STURGEON Tel. (414) 321-9627
3585 South Rivershire Drive Fax (414) 321-9637
Suite 6
Greenfield, WI 53228
Algeria
Technical Office Alger Réducom Tel. 2 82 22 84
16, rue des Frères Zaghnoun Fax 2 82 22 84
Bellevue El-Harrach
16200 Alger
Argentina
Assembly Buenos Aires SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. (3327) 45 72 84
Sales Centro Industrial Garin, Lote 35 Fax (3327) 45 72 21
Service Ruta Panamericana Km 37,5 sewar@sew-eurodrive.com.ar
1619 Garin
Australia
Assembly Melbourne SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. (03) 99 33 10 00
Sales 27 Beverage Drive Fax (03) 99 33 10 03
Service Tullamarine, Victoria 3043
Sydney SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. (02) 97 25 99 00
9, Sleigh Place, Wetherill Park Fax (02) 97 25 99 05
New South Wales, 2164
Austria
Assembly Wien SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. (01) 6 17 55 00-0
Sales Richard-Strauss-Strasse 24 Fax (01) 6 17 55 00-30
Service A-1230 Wien sew@sew-eurodrive.at
Address List 36
Bangladesh
Dhaka Triangle Trade International Tel. 02 89 22 48
Bldg-5, Road-2, Sec-3, Fax 02 89 33 44
Uttara Model Town
Dhaka-1230 Bangladesh
Belgium
Assembly Brüssel CARON-VECTOR S.A. Tel. (010) 23 13 11
Sales Avenue Eiffel 5 Fax (010) 2313 36
Service B-1300 Wavre http://www.caron-vector.be
info@caron-vector.be
Technical Office Vlaanderen CARON-VECTOR S.A. Tel. (32) 09/2 27 34 52
Industrieweg 112-114 Fax (32) 09/2 27 41 55
B-9032 Gent (Wondelgem)
Bolivia
La Paz LARCOS S. R. L. Tel. 02 34 06 14
Calle Batallon Colorados No.162 Piso 4 Fax 02 35 79 17
La Paz
Brazil
Production Sao Paulo SEW DO BRASIL Tel. (011) 64 89-64 33
Sales Motores-Redutores Ltda. Fax (011) 64 80-46 12
Service Rodovia Presidente Dutra, km 208 sew@sew.com.br
CEP 07210-000 - Guarulhos - SP
Additional addresses for service in Brazil provided on request!
Bulgaria
Sales Sofia BEVER-DRIVE GMBH Tel. (92) 9 53 25 65
Bogdanovetz Str.1 Fax (92) 9 54 93 45
BG-1606 Sofia bever@mbox.infotel.bg
Cameroon
Technical Office Douala Electro-Services Tel. 43 22 99
Rue Drouot Akwa Fax 42 77 03
B.P. 2024
Douala
Chile
Assembly Santiago de SEW-EURODRIVE CHILE Tel. (02) 6 23 82 03+6 23 81 63
Sales Chile Motores-Reductores LTDA. Fax (02) 6 23 81 79
Service Panamericana Norte No 9261
Casilla 23 - Correo Quilicura
RCH-Santiago de Chile
China
Production Tianjin SEW-EURODRIVE (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Tel. (022) 25 32 26 12
Assembly No. 46, 7th Avenue, TEDA Fax (022) 25 32 26 11
Sales Tianjin 300457
Service
Colombia
Assembly Bogotá SEW-EURODRIVE COLOMBIA LTDA. Tel. (0571) 5 47 50 50
Sales Calle 22 No. 132-60 Fax (0571) 5 47 50 44
Service Bodega 6, Manzana B sewcol@andinet.com
Santafé de Bogotá
Croatia
Sales Zagreb KOMPEKS d. o. o. Tel. +385 14 61 31 58
Service PIT Erdödy 4 II Fax +385 14 61 31 58
HR 10 000 Zagreb
Czech Republic
Sales Praha SEW-EURODRIVE S.R.O. Tel. 02/20 12 12 34 + 20 12 12 36
Business Centrum Praha Fax 02/20 12 12 37
Luná 591 sew@sew-eurodrive.cz
16000 Praha 6
37 Address List
Denmark
Assembly Kopenhagen SEW-EURODRIVEA/S Tel. 4395 8500
Sales Geminivej 28-30, P.O. Box 100 Fax 4395 8509
Service DK-2670 Greve http://www.sew-eurodrive.dk
sew@sew-eurodrive.dk
Egypt
Cairo Copam Egypt Tel. (02) 2 56 62 99-2 41 06 39
for Engineering & Agencies Fax (02) 2 59 47 57-2 40 47 87
33 EI Hegaz ST, Heliopolis, Cairo
Estonia
Sales Tallin ALAS-KUUL AS Tel. 6 59 32 30
Paldiski mnt.125 Fax 6 59 32 31
EE 0006 Tallin
Finland
Assembly Lahti SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. (3) 589 300
Sales Vesimäentie 4 Fax (3) 780 6211
Service FIN-15860 Hollola 2
France
Production Haguenau SEW-USOCOME SAS Tel. 03 88 73 67 00
Sales 48-54, route de Soufflenheim Fax 03 88 73 66 00
Service B. P. 185 http://www.usocome.com
F-67506 Haguenau Cedex sew@usocome.com
Assembly Bordeaux SEW-USOCOME SAS Tel. 05 57 26 39 00
Sales Parc d’activités de Magellan Fax 05 57 26 39 09
Service 62, avenue de Magellan - B. P. 182
F-33607 Pessac Cedex
Lyon SEW-USOCOME SAS Tel. 04 72 15 37 00
Parc d’Affaires Roosevelt Fax 04 72 15 37 15
Rue Jacques Tati
F-69120 Vaulx en Velin
Paris SEW-USOCOME SAS Tel. 01 64 42 40 80
Zone industrielle Fax 01 64 42 40 88
2, rue Denis Papin
F-77390 Verneuil I’Etang
Gabon
Technical Office Libreville Electro-Services Tel. 73 40 11
B.P. 1889 Fax 73 40 12
Libreville
Germany
Headquarters Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co Tel. (0 72 51) 75-0
Production Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax (0 72 51) 75-19 70
Sales D-76646 Bruchsal Telex 7 822 391
Service P.O. Box http://www.SEW-EURODRIVE.de
Postfach 3023 · D-76642 Bruchsal sew@sew-eurodrive.de
Production Graben SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co Tel. (0 72 51) 75-0
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax (0 72 51) 75-29 70
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf Telex 7 822 276
P.O. Box
Postfach 1220 · D-76671 Graben-Neudorf
Assembly Garbsen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co Tel. (0 51 37) 87 98-30
Service (near Hannover) Alte Ricklinger Straße 40-42 Fax (0 51 37) 87 98-55
D-30823 Garbsen
P.O. Box
Postfach 110453 · D-30804 Garbsen
Kirchheim SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co Tel. (0 89) 90 95 52-10
(near München) Domagkstraße 5 Fax (0 89) 90 95 52-50
D-85551 Kirchheim
Langenfeld SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co Tel. (0 21 73) 85 07-30
(near Düsseldorf) Siemensstraße 1 Fax (0 21 73) 85 07-55
D-40764 Langenfeld
Address List 38
Germany
Meerane SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co Tel. (0 37 64) 76 06-0
(near Zwickau) Dänkritzer Weg 1 Fax (0 37 64) 76 06-30
D-08393 Meerane
Great Britain
Assembly Normanton SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. 19 24 89 38 55
Sales Beckbridge Industrial Estate Fax 19 24 89 37 02
Service P.O. Box No.1
GB-Normanton, West- Yorkshire WF6 1QR
Greece
Sales Athen Christ. Boznos & Son S.A. Tel. 14 22 51 34
Service 12, Mavromichali Street Fax 14 22 51 59
P.O. Box 80136, GR-18545 Piraeus Boznos@otenet.gr
Hong Kong
Assembly Hong Kong SEW-EURODRIVE LTD. Tel. 2-7 96 04 77 + 79 60 46 54Fax 2-7
Sales Unit No. 801-806, 8th Floor 95-91 29sew@sewhk.com
Service Hong Leong Industrial Complex
No. 4, Wang Kwong Road
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Hungary
Sales Budapest SEW-EURODRIVE Kft. Tel. +36 1 437 06 58
Service H-1037 Budapest Fax +36 1 437 06 50
Kunigunda u. 18
Iceland
Hafnarfirdi VARMAVERK ehf Tel. (354) 5 65 17 50
Dalshrauni 5 Fax (354) 5 65 19 51
IS - 220 Hafnarfirdi varmaverk@varmaverk.is
India
Assembly Baroda SEW-EURODRIVE India Pvt. Ltd. Tel. 0 265-83 10 86
Sales Plot No. 4, Gidc Fax 0 265-83 10 87
Service Por Ramangamdi · Baroda - 391 243 sew.baroda@gecsl.com
Gujarat
Indonesia
Technical Office Jakarta SEW-EURODRIVE Pte Ltd. Tel. (021) 535-90 66/7
Jakarta Liaison Office, Fax (021) 536-36 86
Menara Graha Kencana
Jl. Perjuangan No. 88, LT 3 B, Kebun Jeruk,
Jakarta 11530
Ireland
Sales Dublin Alperton Engineering Ltd. Tel. (01) 8 30 62 77
Service 48 Moyle Road Fax (01) 8 30 64 58
Dublin Industrial Estate
Glasnevin, Dublin 11
Israel
Tel-Aviv Liraz Handasa Ltd. Tel. 03-6 24 04 06
126 Petach-Tikva Rd. Fax 03-6 24 04 02
Tel-Aviv 67012
Italy
Assembly Milano SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. (02) 96 98 01
Sales Via Bernini,14 Fax (02) 96 79 97 81
Service I-20020 Solaro (Milano)
Ivory Coast
Technical Office Abidjan SICA Tel. 25 79 44
Ste industrielle et commerciale pour l’Afrique Fax 25 84 36
165, Bld de Marseille
B.P. 2323, Abidjan 08
39 Address List
Japan
Assembly Toyoda-cho SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD Tel. (0 53 83) 7 3811-13
Sales 250-1, Shimoman-no, Fax (0 53 83) 7 3814
Service Toyoda-cho, Iwata gun
Shizuoka prefecture, P.O. Box 438-0818
Korea
Assembly Ansan-City SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. (031) 4 92-80 51
Sales B 601-4, Banweol Industrial Estate Fax (031) 4 92-80 56
Service Unit 1048-4, Shingil-Dong
Ansan 425-120
Lebanon
Technical Office Beirut Gabriel Acar & Fils sarl Tel. (01) 49 47 86
B. P. 80484 (01) 49 82 72
Bourj Hammoud, Beirut (03) 27 45 39
Fax (01) 49 49 71x
Gacar@beirut.com
Luxembourg
Assembly Brüssel CARON-VECTOR S.A. Tel. (010) 23 13 11
Sales Avenue Eiffel 5 Fax (010) 2313 36
Service B-1300 Wavre http://www.caron-vector.be
info@caron-vector.be
Macedonia
Sales Skopje SGS-Skopje / Macedonia Tel. (0991) 38 43 90
“Teodosij Sinactaski” Fax (0991) 38 43 90
6691000 Skopje / Macedonia
Malaysia
Assembly Johore SEW-EURODRIVE SDN BHD Tel. (07) 3 54 57 07 + 3 54 94 09
Sales No. 95, Jalan Seroja 39, Taman Johor Jaya Fax (07) 3 5414 04
Service 81000 Johor Bahru, Johor
West Malaysia
Mexico
Tultitlan SEW-EURODRIVE, Sales and Distribution, Tel. 52 55 5888 2976
S.A.de C.V. Fax 52 55 5888 2977
Boulevard Tultitlan Oriente #2 “G” scmexico@seweurodrive.com.mx
Colonia Ex-Rancho de Santiaguito
Tultitlan, Estado de México, México 54900
Morocco
Casablanca S. R. M. Tel. (02) 61 86 69/61 86 70/61 86 71
Société de Réalisations Mécaniques Fax (02) 62 15 88
5, rue Emir Abdelkader SRM@marocnet.net.ma
05 Casablanca
Netherlands
Assembly Rotterdam VECTOR Aandrijftechniek B.V. Tel. (010) 4 46 37 00
Sales Industrieweg 175 Fax (010) 4 15 55 52
Service NL-3044 AS Rotterdam
Postbus 10085
NL-3004AB Rotterdam
New Zealand
Assembly Auckland SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. 0064-9-2 74 56 27
Sales P.O. Box 58-428 Fax 0064-9-2 74 01 65
Service 82 Greenmount drive sales@sew-eurodrive.co.nz
East Tamaki Auckland
Christchurch SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. (09) 3 84 62 51
10 Settlers Crescent, Ferrymead Fax (09) 3 84 64 55
Christchurch sales@sew-eurodrive.co.nz
Norway
Assembly Moss SEW-EURODRIVE A/S Tel. (69) 2410 20
Sales Solgaard skog 71 Fax (69) 2410 40
Service N-1599 Moss sew@sew-eurodrive.no
Address List 40
Pakistan
Technical Office Karachi SEW-EURODRIVE Pte. Ltd. Tel. 92-21-43 93 69
Karachi Liaison Office A/3,1 st Floor, Telex 92-21-43 73 65
Central Commercial Area
Sultan Ahmed Shah Road
Block7/8, K.C.H.S. Union Ltd., Karachi
Paraguay
Asunción EQUIS S. R. L. Tel. (021) 67 21 48
Avda. Madame Lynchy y Sucre Fax (021) 67 21 50
Asunción
Peru
Assembly Lima SEW DEL PERU MOTORES REDUCTORES Tel. (511) 349-52 80
Sales S.A.C. Fax (511) 349-30 02
Service Los Calderos # 120-124 sewperu@terra.com.pe
Urbanizacion Industrial Vulcano, ATE, Lima
Philippines
Technical Office Manila SEW-EURODRIVE Pte Ltd Tel. 0 06 32-8 94 27 52 54
Manila Liaison Office Fax 0 06 32-8 94 27 44
Suite 110, Ground Floor sewmla@i-next.net
Comfoods Building
Senator Gil Puyat Avenue
1200 Makati City
Poland
Sales Lodz SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. (042) 6 16 22 00
ul. Pojezierska 63 Fax (042) 6 16 22 10
91-338 Lodz sew@sew-eurodrive.pl
Portugal
Assembly Coimbra SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. (0231) 20 96 70
Sales Apartado 15 Fax (0231) 20 36 85
Service P-3050-901 Mealhada infosew@sew-eurodrive.pt
Romania
Sales Bucuresti Sialco Trading SRL Tel. (01) 2 30 13 28
Service str. Madrid nr.4 Fax (01) 2 30 71 70
71222 Bucuresti sialco@mediasat.ro
Russia
Sales St. Petersburg ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE Tel. (812) 3 26 09 41 + 5 35 04 30
P.O. Box 193 Fax (812) 5 35 22 87
193015 St. Petersburg sewrus@post.spbnit.ru
Senegal
Dakar SENEMECA Tel. 22 24 55
Mécanique Générale Fax 22 79 06
Km 8, Route de Rufisque Telex 21521
B.P. 3251, Dakar
Singapore
Assembly SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD. Tel. 8 62 17 01-705
Sales No 9, Tuas Drive 2 Fax 8 61 28 27
Service Jurong Industrial Estate Telex 38 659
Singapore 638644
Slovenia
Sales Celje Pakman - Pogonska Tehnika d.o.o. Tel. 00386 3 490 83 20
Service UI. XIV. divizije 14 Fax 00386 3 490 83 21
SLO - 3000 Celje pakman@siol.net
South Africa
Assembly Johannesburg SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. + 27 11 248 70 00
Sales Eurodrive House Fax +27 11 494 23 11
Service Cnr. Adcock Ingram and Aerodrome Roads
Aeroton Ext. 2
Johannesburg 2013
P.O.Box 90004
Bertsham 2013
41 Address List
South Africa
Capetown SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 21 552 98 20
Rainbow Park Fax +27 21 552 98 30
Cnr. Racecourse & Omuramba Road Telex 576 062
Montague Gardens, 7441 Cape Town
P.O.Box 53 573
Racecourse Park, 7441 Cape Town
Durban SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 31 700 34 51
2 Monaceo Place Fax +27 31 700 38 47
Pinetown
Durban
P.O. Box 10433, Ashwood 3605
Spain
Assembly Bilbao SEW-EURODRIVE ESPAÑA, S.L. Tel. 9 44 31 84 70
Sales Parque Tecnológico, Edificio, 302 Fax 9 44 31 84 71
Service E-48170 Zamudio (Vizcaya) sew.spain@sew-eurodrive.es
Sri Lanka
Colombo 4 SM International (Pte) Ltd Tel. 941-59 79 49
254, Galle Raod Fax 941-58 29 81
Colombo 4, Sri Lanka
Sweden
Assembly Jönköping SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. (036) 34 42 00
Sales Gnejsvägen 6-8 Fax (036) 34 42 80
Service S-55303 Jönköping www.sew-eurodrive.se
Box 3100 S-55003 Jönköping
Switzerland
Assembly Basel Alfred lmhof A.G. Tel. (061) 4 17 17 17
Sales Jurastrasse 10 Fax (061) 4 17 17 00
Service CH-4142 Münchenstein bei Basel http://www.imhof-sew.ch
Taiwan (R.O.C.)
Nan Tou Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. 00886-49-255-353
No. 55 Kung Yeh N. Road Fax 00886-49-257-878
Industrial District
Nan Tou 540
Thailand
Assembly Chon Buri SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. 0066-38 21 40 22
Sales Bangpakong Industrial Park 2 Fax 0066-38 21 45 31
Service 700/456, Moo.7, Tambol Donhuaroh
Muang District
Chon Buri 20000
Tunisia
Tunis T. M.S. Technic Marketing Service Tel. (1) 43 40 64 + 43 20 29
7, rue Ibn EI Heithem Fax (1) 43 29 76
Z.I. SMMT
2014 Mégrine Erriadh
Turkey
Assembly Istanbul SEW-EURODRIVE Tel. (0216) 4 41 91 63 + 4 41 91 64 + 3
Sales Hareket Sistemleri San. ve Tic. Ltd. Sti 83 80 14 + 3 83 80 15
Service Bagdat Cad. Koruma Cikmazi No. 3 Fax (0216) 3 05 58 67
TR-81540 Maltepe ISTANBUL seweurodrive@superonline.com.tr
Uruguay
Montevideo SEW-EURODRIVE S. A. Sucursal Uruguay Tel. 0059 82 9018 189
German Barbato 1526 Fax 0059 82 9018 188
CP 11200 Montevideo sewuy@sew-eurodrive.com.uy
Venezuela
Assembly Valencia SEW-EURODRIVE Venezuela S.A. Tel. +58 (241) 8 32 98 04
Sales Av. Norte Sur No. 3, Galpon 84-319 Fax +58 (241) 8 38 62 75
Service Zona Industrial Municipal Norte sewventas@cantr.net
Valencia sewfinanzas@cantr.net
Address List 42
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc.
Terms and Conditions of Sale
1. GENERAL Notwithstanding the foregoing, any equipment or components of the products

All orders for products and drawings furnished in connection therewith not of Eurodrive's own manufacture and/or specified by the purchaser is sold
(hereinafter collectively called “products”) manufactured or supplied by under only such warranty as the maker thereof gives Eurodrive and Eurodrive
is able to enforce, but such items are not warranted by Eurodrive in any way.
SEW?Eurodrive, Inc. (“Eurodrive”), shall be subject to these terms and Use of products above rated capacity, misuse, field alterations of products,
conditions of sale. No modifications or additions hereto will be binding unless damage due to lack of maintenance or improper storage, neglect or accident are
agreed to in writing by an authorized officer of Eurodrive. also excluded from this Limited Warranty.
2. QUOTATIONS This Limited Warranty is effective provided:
a) The purchaser notifies Eurodrive in writing of the alleged defect
Price quotations by Eurodrive are subject to change without notice. All immediately after it becomes known to the purchaser; and
products sold are subject to price in effect at time of shipment. b) no alterations, repairs, or services have been performed by the purchaser
or third parties on the products without written approval of an authorized
3. TAXES officer of Eurodrive.
Prices do not include Sales, Use, Excise, or other taxes payable to any Eurodrive's obligation under this Limited Warranty is limited to the repair or
governmental authority in respect of the sale of Eurodrive's products. The replacement FOB Eurodrive's factory or any part or parts found to be defective
purchaser shall pay the amount of any such taxes or shall reimburse Eurodrive in material or workmanship.
for the amount thereof that Eurodrive may be required to pay.
Eurodrive shall, in no event, be liable to the user/purchaser under this Limited
4. PAYMENTS Warranty, or otherwise, for claims, expenditures or losses arising from
operational delays or work stoppages or damages to property or people
Unless otherwise provided, terms of payment are 30 days net from date of caused by defective products or for consequential or indirect damage of any
invoice for purchasers whose credit is approved. Eurodrive reserves the right to nature whatsoever.
charge interest on any balance outstanding at 2% per month (or fraction THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR
thereof) or as Eurodrive shall determine, up to the maximum rate allowed by IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF
law, from the date payment is due to the date payment is actually received. Pro MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
rata payments shall become due as shipments are made. If shipments are PURPOSE.
delayed by or at the request of the purchaser, payment shall become due when
Eurodrive is prepared to make shipment. If the cost to Eurodrive of products is
increased by reason of delays caused by the purchaser, such additional cost 12. ASSIGNMENT
incurred by Eurodrive shall be paid by the purchaser. Eurodrive may, if it deems No contract to purchase goods from Eurodrive may be assigned by the
itself insecure by reason of the financial condition of purchaser or otherwise, purchaser without prior agreement in writing by an authorized officer
require full or partial payment in advance and as a condition to the continuance of Eurodrive.
of production or shipment on the terms specified herein.
5. ACCEPTANCE 13. SECURITY INTEREST
Unless and until the products are fully paid for, Eurodrive reserves a security
No order or other offer shall be binding upon Eurodrive until accepted in interest in them to secure the unpaid balance of the price and all other
writing by an authorized officer of Eurodrive. obligations of the purchaser to Eurodrive however arising. The purchaser
hereby grants Eurodrive a power of attorney to execute and file on behalf of
6. CHANGES purchaser all necessary financing statements and other similar documents
Eurodrive will not accept changes in specification unless such changes are required to protect the security interest granted herein.
requested in writing and agreed to in writing by an authorized officer of
Eurodrive and the purchaser agrees to pay, if necessary, in addition to the 14. DAMAGES; LIMITATION
original purchase price a sum so set by Eurodrive. In the event of breach of this agreement by Eurodrive, the rights of the
purchaser are limited to the amount therefore paid to Eurodrive for the goods.
7. CANCELLATION THE PURCHASER SHALL HAVE NO RIGHT TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR
Any order when placed with and accepted by Eurodrive is not subject to INDIRECT DAMAGES, WHETHER FOR INJURES TO PERSON,
cancellation unless agreed to in writing by an authorized officer of Eurodrive. PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE.
Cancellations are subject to reasonable charges based upon expenses already
incurred and commitments made by Eurodrive. 15. DEFAULT
If the purchaser defaults in performing any of its obligations to Eurodrive under
8. DELIVERY this agreement, or any other agreements, Eurodrive may, at its option and without
Any indicated dates of delivery are approximate only, but Eurodrive will incurring any liability thereby, elect to terminate this agreement or to terminate
attempt to meet them where possible. Eurodrive shall not be liable for delays in any or all other agreements with the purchaser or to terminate this agreement
manufacturing or delivery or failure to manufacture or deliver due to any event together with any or all such other agreements. Furthermore, Eurodrive shall
in the nature of force majeure or any cause beyond Eurodrive's reasonable have a right to all damages sustained, including loss of profits.
control. Eurodrive will not be bound by any penalty clause contained in any
specification or order submitted by the purchaser unless such clause is agreed 16. INSOLVENCY
to in writing by an authorized officer of Eurodrive. Delivery of products shall If the purchaser shall be insolvent or cease doing business or be the subject of
be made FOB Eurodrive's factory unless otherwise agreed to in writing by any proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
authorized officer of Eurodrive. arrangement statute or law, such act shall at the option of Eurodrive, be deemed
a default under this agreement, and Eurodrive may elect to cease performing
9. PATENTS and cancel this agreement with respect to any products not delivered or
Eurodrive shall indemnify and hold harmless the purchaser against all claims received prior to the election. All of the foregoing shall be without prejudice to
or actions that are instituted against the purchaser on the grounds that the recovery by Eurodrive of damages for work performed and for loss of profits
purchaser has infringed the patent rights of others by using, reselling, or and material and products delivered.
promoting the sale or resale of Eurodrive's products, provided that Eurodrive
shall not be obligated hereunder if: 17. MISCELLANEOUS
a) The purchaser fails to give Eurodrive prompt notice of any such claim or The provisions of this agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance
actions, or with the laws of the State of South Carolina. These terms and conditions set forth
b) Such claims or actions against the purchaser are based wholly or in part on the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto in respect to the
the existence or operation of any complete installation or apparatus subject matter hereof, and all prior undertakings between the parties hereto,
incorporating Eurodrive's products as components and which is designed or together with all representations and obligations of such parties in respect to such
manufactured by the purchaser or its customers. subject matter, shall be superseded by and merged into this agreement. No
provisions hereof shall be waived, changed, terminated, modified, discharged or
rescinded, orally or otherwise, except by a writing signed by the party to be
10. REGULATORY LAWS OR STANDARDS charged by any such waiver, change, termination, modification, discharge, or
Eurodrive makes no representation that its products conform to state or local rescission. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this agreement shall
laws, ordinances, regulations, codes or standards except as may be otherwise constitute an amendment or modification of this agreement, or any provision
agreed to in writing by an authorized officer of Eurodrive. thereof. If any provision of this agreement shall be held to be unenforceable or
inapplicable in any way or respect, such holding shall not affect the
enforceability of any other provision of this agreement under any other
11. LIMITED WARRANTY circumstances. The provisions of this agreement shall bind and inure to the
Eurodrive warrants all its products against defects in material and benefits of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date the product is placed in successors, and (subject to any restrictions on assignment hereinabove set forth)
service to a maximum of eighteen (18) months from date of shipment. Parts assigns. In the event unspecified redress or commitments develop not covered
subject to replacement due to operational wear and tear, viz. Varigear ® belts above, terms of the Uniform Commercial Code under the laws of South Carolina
will be construed as being effective as they may pertain.
and Varimot® traction elements, are not covered by this Limited Warranty.
43
Notes
44

Desenho Amarradeira

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Desenho Amarradeira

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Desenho Amarradeira

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

United States of America 6584891 Austria EPC 1274626

© COPYRIGHT 2005 OVAL INTERNATIONAL INC. –

10 TYING MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS............................91

11 SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION

12 SAFETY DURING DE-INSTALLATION

13 RECOMMENDED TYING MACHINE WIRE

14 ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND PARTS LISTS ...........104

FIGURE 1.3 DANGER AND OPERATION ZONES

FIGURE 2.1 E9700 TYING MACHINE AND CONVEYOR

FIGURE 4.1 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER

FIGURE 5.1A TYING MACHINE SWITCH LOCATIONS

FIGURE 6.2.1 REMOVING THE TYING MACHINE FROM THE

ES1B EMERGENCY STOP 1ST BUTTON

ESRRB EMERGENCY STOP RELAY RESET BUTTON

PMR PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD RELAY

MSL MACHINE STATUS LIGHT

AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VALVE

FTM FEED AND TENSION MOTOR

WESD WIRE EJECT SOLENOID

1.2. SAFETY WARNINGS.

Prohibited: Black image on White circle with Red slash.

Mandatory: White Image on Blue Background.

Warning: Yellow triangle with Black border and image.

1.3. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.

General Danger Symbol

Crush Hazard, from sides

© COPYRIGHT 2005 OVAL INTERNATIONAL INC. –

Electric Shock Hazard

Hot Surface – Burn Hazard

Puncture Hazard Due To High Pressure Fluid.

Do Not Remove Guard

Foot Protection Required!

Hand Protection Required!

Use Appropriate Hearing Protection!

Use Eye Protection!

Lock Out The Machine In The De-energized State.

Fork truck point

THE E9700 TYING MACHINE IS

THE E9700 TYING MACHINE IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF AN

THE TYING MACHINE’S OPERATION IS FULLY

PRECAUTIONS MUST ALSO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT BALES FROM

FOR ALL MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES NOT REQUIRING THE

CAREFULLY READ AND THOROUGHLY UNDERSTAND THE

FIGURE 1.3 SHOWS DANGER ZONES AND OPERATION ZONES. DANGER

1. Never work on the Tying Machine when it is energized.

2. Remain clear of the bundle opening when the machine is in

See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

1.5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY

The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on

1. Ensure correct voltage and phase is supplied.

See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

1.6. PNEUMATIC SAFETY

The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on

1. Do not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the Tying Machine.

See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

1.7. NOISE LEVEL.

WEAR EAR PROTECTION WHILE OPERATING THE MACHINE.

1.7.1 MEASURING CONDITIONS